John Linville says:
====================
This is a sizeable batch of updates intended for 3.6...
The bulk of the changes here are Bluetooth. Gustavo says:
Here goes the first Bluetooth pull request for 3.6, we have
queued quite a lot of work. Andrei Emeltchenko added the AMP
Manager code, a lot of work is needed, but the first bit are
already there. This code is disabled by default. Mat Martineau
changed the whole L2CAP ERTM state machine code, replacing
the old one with a new implementation. Besides that we had
lot of coding style fixes (to follow net rules), more l2cap
core separation from socket and many clean ups and fixed all
over the tree.
Along with the above, there is a healthy dose of ath9k, iwlwifi,
and other driver updates. There is also another pull from the
wireless tree to resolve some merge issues. I also fixed-up some
merge discrepencies between net-next and wireless-next.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_parse" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_seq_adjust" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_put" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_get" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
We have to use CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE_CT in
include/net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h, not CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move AUTO_OFF_TIMEOUT to other constants changing name to
HCI_AUTO_OFF_TIMEOUT and convert to jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In "9cb0176 netfilter: add glue code to integrate nfnetlink_queue and ctnetlink"
the compilation with NF_CONNTRACK disabled is broken. This patch fixes this
issue.
I have moved the conntrack part into nfnetlink_queue_ct.c to avoid
peppering the entire nfnetlink_queue.c code with ifdefs.
I also needed to rename nfnetlink_queue.c to nfnetlink_queue_pkt.c
to update the net/netfilter/Makefile to support conditional compilation
of the conntrack integration.
This patch also adds CONFIG_NETFILTER_QUEUE_CT in case you want to explicitly
disable the integration between nf_conntrack and nfnetlink_queue.
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo says:
====================
This is the second batch of Netfilter updates for net-next. It contains the
kernel changes for the new user-space connection tracking helper
infrastructure.
More details on this infrastructure are provides here:
http://lwn.net/Articles/500196/
Still, I plan to provide some official documentation through the
conntrack-tools user manual on how to setup user-space utilities for this.
So far, it provides two helper in user-space, one for NFSv3 and another for
Oracle/SQLnet/TNS. Yet in my TODO list.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix code style - place the asterisk where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Eldad Zack <eldad@fogrefinery.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are good reasons to supports helpers in user-space instead:
* Rapid connection tracking helper development, as developing code
in user-space is usually faster.
* Reliability: A buggy helper does not crash the kernel. Moreover,
we can monitor the helper process and restart it in case of problems.
* Security: Avoid complex string matching and mangling in kernel-space
running in privileged mode. Going further, we can even think about
running user-space helpers as a non-root process.
* Extensibility: It allows the development of very specific helpers (most
likely non-standard proprietary protocols) that are very likely not to be
accepted for mainline inclusion in the form of kernel-space connection
tracking helpers.
This patch adds the infrastructure to allow the implementation of
user-space conntrack helpers by means of the new nfnetlink subsystem
`nfnetlink_cthelper' and the existing queueing infrastructure
(nfnetlink_queue).
I had to add the new hook NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_HELPER to register
ipv[4|6]_helper which results from splitting ipv[4|6]_confirm into
two pieces. This change is required not to break NAT sequence
adjustment and conntrack confirmation for traffic that is enqueued
to our user-space conntrack helpers.
Basic operation, in a few steps:
1) Register user-space helper by means of `nfct':
nfct helper add ftp inet tcp
[ It must be a valid existing helper supported by conntrack-tools ]
2) Add rules to enable the FTP user-space helper which is
used to track traffic going to TCP port 21.
For locally generated packets:
iptables -I OUTPUT -t raw -p tcp --dport 21 -j CT --helper ftp
For non-locally generated packets:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -p tcp --dport 21 -j CT --helper ftp
3) Run the test conntrackd in helper mode (see example files under
doc/helper/conntrackd.conf
conntrackd
4) Generate FTP traffic going, if everything is OK, then conntrackd
should create expectations (you can check that with `conntrack':
conntrack -E expect
[NEW] 301 proto=6 src=192.168.1.136 dst=130.89.148.12 sport=0 dport=54037 mask-src=255.255.255.255 mask-dst=255.255.255.255 sport=0 dport=65535 master-src=192.168.1.136 master-dst=130.89.148.12 sport=57127 dport=21 class=0 helper=ftp
[DESTROY] 301 proto=6 src=192.168.1.136 dst=130.89.148.12 sport=0 dport=54037 mask-src=255.255.255.255 mask-dst=255.255.255.255 sport=0 dport=65535 master-src=192.168.1.136 master-dst=130.89.148.12 sport=57127 dport=21 class=0 helper=ftp
This confirms that our test helper is receiving packets including the
conntrack information, and adding expectations in kernel-space.
The user-space helper can also store its private tracking information
in the conntrack structure in the kernel via the CTA_HELP_INFO. The
kernel will consider this a binary blob whose layout is unknown. This
information will be included in the information that is transfered
to user-space via glue code that integrates nfnetlink_queue and
ctnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
User-space programs that receive traffic via NFQUEUE may mangle packets.
If NAT is enabled, this usually puzzles sequence tracking, leading to
traffic disruptions.
With this patch, nfnl_queue will make the corresponding NAT TCP sequence
adjustment if:
1) The packet has been mangled,
2) the NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK flag has been set, and
3) NAT is detected.
There are some records on the Internet complaning about this issue:
http://stackoverflow.com/questions/260757/packet-mangling-utilities-besides-iptables
By now, we only support TCP since we have no helpers for DCCP or SCTP.
Better to add this if we ever have some helper over those layer 4 protocols.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch uses the new variable length conntrack extensions.
Instead of using union nf_conntrack_help that contain all the
helper private data information, we allocate variable length
area to store the private helper data.
This patch includes the modification of all existing helpers.
It also includes a couple of include header to avoid compilation
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now define conntrack extensions of variable size. This
patch is useful to get rid of these unions:
union nf_conntrack_help
union nf_conntrack_proto
union nf_conntrack_nat_help
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch modifies the struct nf_conntrack_helper to allocate
the room for the helper name. The maximum length is 16 bytes
(this was already introduced in 2.6.24).
For the maximum length for expectation policy names, I have
also selected 16 bytes.
This patch is required by the follow-up patch to support
user-space connection tracking helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/route.c
Pull in 'net' again to get the revert of Thomas's change
which introduced regressions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 2a0c451ade.
It causes crashes, because now ip6_null_entry is used before
it is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/route.c
This deals with a merge conflict between the net-next addition of the
inetpeer network namespace ops, and Thomas Graf's bug fix in
2a0c451ade which makes sure we don't
register /proc/net/ipv6_route before it is actually safe to do so.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/ipv6_route reflects the contents of fib_table_hash. The proc
handler is installed in ip6_route_net_init() whereas fib_table_hash is
allocated in fib6_net_init() _after_ the proc handler has been installed.
This opens up a short time frame to access fib_table_hash with its pants
down.
fib6_init() as a whole can't be moved to an earlier position as it also
registers the rtnetlink message handlers which should be registered at
the end. Therefore split it into fib6_init() which is run early and
fib6_init_late() to register the rtnetlink message handlers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One tricky issue on the ipv6 side vs. ipv4 is that the ICMP callouts
to handle the error pass the 32-bit info cookie in network byte order
whereas ipv4 passes it around in host byte order.
Like the ipv4 side, we have two helper functions. One for when we
have a socket context and one for when we do not.
ip6ip6 tunnels are not handled here, because they handle PMTU events
by essentially relaying another ICMP packet-too-big message back to
the original sender.
This patch allows us to get rid of rt6_do_pmtu_disc(). It handles all
kinds of situations that simply cannot happen when we do the PMTU
update directly using a fully resolved route.
In fact, the "plen == 128" check in ip6_rt_update_pmtu() can very
likely be removed or changed into a BUG_ON() check. We should never
have a prefixed ipv6 route when we get there.
Another piece of strange history here is that TCP and DCCP, unlike in
ipv4, never invoke the update_pmtu() method from their ICMP error
handlers. This is incredibly astonishing since this is the context
where we have the most accurate context in which to make a PMTU
update, namely we have a fully connected socket and associated cached
socket route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With ip_rt_frag_needed() removed, we have to explicitly update PMTU
information in every ICMP error handler.
Create two helper functions to facilitate this.
1) ipv4_sk_update_pmtu()
This updates the PMTU when we have a socket context to
work with.
2) ipv4_update_pmtu()
Raw version, used when no socket context is available. For this
interface, we essentially just pass in explicit arguments for
the flow identity information we would have extracted from the
socket.
And you'll notice that ipv4_sk_update_pmtu() is simply implemented
in terms of ipv4_update_pmtu()
Note that __ip_route_output_key() is used, rather than something like
ip_route_output_flow() or ip_route_output_key(). This is because we
absolutely do not want to end up with a route that does IPSEC
encapsulation and the like. Instead, we only want the route that
would get us to the node described by the outermost IP header.
Reported-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
The iwlwifi conflict was resolved by keeping the code added
in 'net' that turns off the buggy chip feature.
The MAINTAINERS conflict was merely overlapping changes, one
change updated all the wireless web site URLs and the other
changed some GIT trees to be Johannes's instead of John's.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change flags field to matches userspace structure.
This field needs to be converted to little endian before forward it.
Signed-off-by: Jefferson Delfes <jefferson.delfes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This also includes a switch to tty refcounting. It makes sure, the
code no longer can access a freed TTY struct.
Sometimes the only thing needed is to pass tty down to the callies.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Use self->spinlock only for ctrl_skb and tx_skb. TTY stuff is now
protected by tty_port->lock. This is needed for further cleanup (and
conversion to tty_port helpers).
This also closes the race in the end of close.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Switch to tty_port->flags. And while at it, remove redefined flags for
them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
And use close/open_wait from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In the transmit path of the bonding driver, skb->cb is used to
stash the skb->queue_mapping so that the bonding device can set its
own queue mapping. This value becomes corrupted since the skb->cb is
also used in __dev_xmit_skb.
When transmitting through bonding driver, bond_select_queue is
called from dev_queue_xmit. In bond_select_queue the original
skb->queue_mapping is copied into skb->cb (via bond_queue_mapping)
and skb->queue_mapping is overwritten with the bond driver queue.
Subsequently in dev_queue_xmit, __dev_xmit_skb is called which writes
the packet length into skb->cb, thereby overwriting the stashed
queue mappping. In bond_dev_queue_xmit (called from hard_start_xmit),
the queue mapping for the skb is set to the stashed value which is now
the skb length and hence is an invalid queue for the slave device.
If we want to save skb->queue_mapping into skb->cb[], best place is to
add a field in struct qdisc_skb_cb, to make sure it wont conflict with
other layers (eg : Qdiscc, Infiniband...)
This patchs also makes sure (struct qdisc_skb_cb)->data is aligned on 8
bytes :
netem qdisc for example assumes it can store an u64 in it, without
misalignment penalty.
Note : we only have 20 bytes left in (struct qdisc_skb_cb)->data[].
The largest user is CHOKe and it fills it.
Based on a previous patch from Tom Herbert.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable
and avoiding unnecessary conversions.
The patch is similar to commit ba13ccd9 doing the same job for L2CAP
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If no peer actually gets attached (either because create is zero or
the peer allocation fails) we'll trigger a BUG because we
unconditionally do an rt{,6}_peer_ptr() afterwards.
Fix this by guarding it with the proper check.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We handle NULL in rt{,6}_set_peer but then our caller will try to pass
that NULL pointer into inet_putpeer() which isn't ready for it.
Fix this by moving the NULL check one level up, and then remove the
now unnecessary NULL check from inetpeer_ptr_set_peer().
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implementation can deal with having many inetpeer roots, which is
a necessary prerequisite for per-FIB table rooted peer tables.
Each family (AF_INET, AF_INET6) has a sequence number which we bump
when we get a family invalidation request.
Each peer lookup cheaply checks whether the flush sequence of the
root we are using is out of date, and if so flushes it and updates
the sequence number.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is zero point to this function.
It's only real substance is to perform an extremely outdated BSD4.2
ICMP check, which we can safely remove. If you really have a MTU
limited link being routed by a BSD4.2 derived system, here's a nickel
go buy yourself a real router.
The other actions of ip_rt_frag_needed(), checking and conditionally
updating the peer, are done by the per-protocol handlers of the ICMP
event.
TCP, UDP, et al. have a handler which will receive this event and
transmit it back into the associated route via dst_ops->update_pmtu().
This simplification is important, because it eliminates the one place
where we do not have a proper route context in which to make an
inetpeer lookup.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We encode the pointer(s) into an unsigned long with one state bit.
The state bit is used so we can store the inetpeer tree root to use
when resolving the peer later.
Later the peer roots will be per-FIB table, and this change works to
facilitate that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the missing kernel-doc for mesh configuration parameters as pointed
out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If I build with W=1, for every file that includes <net/route.h>, I get the warning
include/net/route.h: In function 'ip_route_output':
include/net/route.h:135:3: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
include/net/route.h:135:3: warning: (near initialization for 'fl4') [-Woverride-init]
(This is with "gcc (Debian 4.6.3-1) 4.6.3")
A fix seems pretty trivial: move the initialization of .flowi4_tos
earlier. As far as I can tell, this has no effect on code generation.
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only need one interface for this operation, since we always know
which inetpeer root we want to flush.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since it's guarenteed that we will access the inetpeer if we're trying
to do timewait recycling and TCP options were enabled on the
connection, just cache the peer in the timewait socket.
In the future, inetpeer lookups will be context dependent (per routing
realm), and this helps facilitate that as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The get_peer method TCP uses is full of special cases that make no
sense accommodating, and it also gets in the way of doing more
reasonable things here.
First of all, if the socket doesn't have a usable cached route, there
is no sense in trying to optimize timewait recycling.
Likewise for the case where we have IP options, such as SRR enabled,
that make the IP header destination address (and thus the destination
address of the route key) differ from that of the connection's
destination address.
Just return a NULL peer in these cases, and thus we're also able to
get rid of the clumsy inetpeer release logic.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a lot of places that open-code rt{,6}_get_peer() only because
they want to set 'create' to one. So add an rt{,6}_get_peer_create()
for their sake.
There were also a few spots open-coding plain rt{,6}_get_peer() and
those are transformed here as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With LE/SMP the completion of a security level elavation from medium to
high is indicated by a HCI Encryption Key Refresh Complete event. The
necessary behavior upon receiving this event is a mix of what's done for
auth_complete and encryption_change, which is also where most of the
event handling code has been copied from.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
/proc/net/unix has quadratic behavior, and can hold unix_table_lock for
a while if high number of unix sockets are alive. (90 ms for 200k
sockets...)
We already have a hash table, so its quite easy to use it.
Problem is unbound sockets are still hashed in a single hash slot
(unix_socket_table[UNIX_HASH_TABLE])
This patch also spreads unbound sockets to 256 hash slots, to speedup
both /proc/net/unix and unix_diag.
Time to read /proc/net/unix with 200k unix sockets :
(time dd if=/proc/net/unix of=/dev/null bs=4k)
before : 520 secs
after : 2 secs
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add struct net as a parameter of inet_getpeer_v[4,6],
use net to replace &init_net.
and modify some places to provide net for inet_getpeer_v[4,6]
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
now inetpeer doesn't support namespace,the information will
be leaking across namespace.
this patch move the global vars v4_peers and v6_peers to
netns_ipv4 and netns_ipv6 as a field peers.
add struct pernet_operations inetpeer_ops to initial pernet
inetpeer data.
and change family_to_base and inet_getpeer to support namespace.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds namespace support for cttimeout.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the sysctl data for l[3|4]proto now resides in pernet nf_proto_net.
We can now remove this unused fields from struct nf_contrack_l[3,4]proto.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for ICMPv6 protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for ICMP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for UDP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for TCP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for the generic layer 4 protocol
tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch prepares the namespace support for layer 3 protocol trackers.
Basically, this modifies the following interfaces:
* nf_ct_l3proto_[un]register_sysctl.
* nf_conntrack_l3proto_[un]register.
We add a new nf_ct_l3proto_net is used to get the pernet data of l3proto.
This adds rhe new struct nf_ip_net that is used to store the sysctl header
and l3proto_ipv4,l4proto_tcp(6),l4proto_udp(6),l4proto_icmp(v6) because the
protos such tcp and tcp6 use the same data,so making nf_ip_net as a field
of netns_ct is the easiest way to manager it.
This patch also adds init_net to struct nf_conntrack_l3proto to initial
the layer 3 protocol pernet data.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch prepares the namespace support for layer 4 protocol trackers.
Basically, this modifies the following interfaces:
* nf_ct_[un]register_sysctl
* nf_conntrack_l4proto_[un]register
to include the namespace parameter. We still use init_net in this patch
to prepare the ground for follow-up patches for each layer 4 protocol
tracker.
We add a new net_id field to struct nf_conntrack_l4proto that is used
to store the pernet_operations id for each layer 4 protocol tracker.
Note that AF_INET6's protocols do not need to do sysctl compat. Thus,
we only register compat sysctl when l4proto.l3proto != AF_INET6.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of
the generic off-channel work concept, replacing
it with a simple remain-on-channel list.
This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC
implementation:
* offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued,
now we can queue it as well, if needed
* in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is
mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new
queue to handle that case -- I expect that it
will later depend on a HW flag
The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug
in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt
TX request while HW roc is active, and this new
request has a wait time, we actually schedule a
software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the
existing offloaded ROC will still be that long.
To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed.
The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet
optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW
extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later
but for now use a software implementation.
Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the
offloaded and software-implemented case as much
as possible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 5faa5df1fa (inetpeer: Invalidate the inetpeer tree along with
the routing cache) added a race :
Before freeing an inetpeer, we must respect a RCU grace period, and make
sure no user will attempt to increase refcnt.
inetpeer_invalidate_tree() waits for a RCU grace period before inserting
inetpeer tree into gc_list and waking the worker. At that time, no
concurrent lookup can find a inetpeer in this tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in
netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be
propagated to every netdev created from this HW.
The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW
checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A2MP doesn't use part of the L2CAP chan ops API so we just create general
empty function instead of the A2MP specific one.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch renames L2CAP_LE_DEFAULT_MTU macro to L2CAP_LE_MIN_MTU
since it represents the minimum MTU value, not the default MTU
value for LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Those are not used anywhere in code (and never were since introduction
in 2006) so just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A2MP fixed channel do not have sk
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A2MP status codes copied from Bluez patch sent by Peter Krystad
<pkrystad@codeaurora.org>.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Helper function to build and send A2MP messages.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define AMP Manager and some basic functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This move socket specific code to l2cap_sock.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This remove a bit more of socket code from l2cap core, this calls set the
SOCK_ZAPPED and do some clean up depending on the socket state.
Reported-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use chan instead of void * makes more sense here.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add HCI commands to deal with Bluetooth AMP controllers.
Those commands will be used by bluetooth and softamp code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Define assigned Protocol and Service Multiplexor (PSM) identifiers
and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define Continuation flag which the only flag used from Flags field
in L2CAP Configuration Request and Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the include were unnecessary or already included by some other
header.
Replace module.h by export.h where possible.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fix all warning and errors reported by checkpatch but license trailing
whitespace and bdaddr_t definition.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Remove magic number with defined link key size.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET name is misleading - purpose of this quirk is to
reset device on close instead of init, not to not reset at all.
Rename it to HCI_QUIRK_RESET_ON_CLOSE to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that l2cap_ctrl is used to set up control fields, these macros are
not needed.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The ERTM specification requires the retransmit timer to be cancelled
when the monitor timer is set. The retransmit timer cannot be set
again while the monitor timer is pending.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This deletes the receive code that had handlers for each frame type at
the top level, and then had logic to determine the receive state
within each handler.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This fixes a regression from commit
2ead70b839 that is present in all
kernels starting at v3.0.
When L2CAP information was moved to struct l2cap_chan, a check was
added to l2cap_chan_del to avoid certain cleanup operations when ERTM
or streaming mode had not yet been initialized. The logic in the
check did not take in to account that chan->conf_state is set to 0 in
l2cap_chan_ready, so l2cap_chan_del failed to cancel timers and leaked
memory any time the ERTM queues or lists were not empty.
This change makes sure that l2cap_chan_del only returns early if
ERTM initialization was not performed.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This routine will be called by drivers whenever they receive data in target
mode. This should be unexpected events and as such should be handled by a
standalone API (i.e. not as a callback pointer from an existing API).
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Userspace gets a netlink event upon target mode activation.
The LLCP layer is also signaled when we get an ATR_REQ in order to get
the remote general bytes.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When NetLabel is not enabled, e.g. CONFIG_NETLABEL=n, and the system
receives a CIPSO tagged packet it is dropped (cipso_v4_validate()
returns non-zero). In most cases this is the correct and desired
behavior, however, in the case where we are simply forwarding the
traffic, e.g. acting as a network bridge, this becomes a problem.
This patch fixes the forwarding problem by providing the basic CIPSO
validation code directly in ip_options_compile() without the need for
the NetLabel or CIPSO code. The new validation code can not perform
any of the CIPSO option label/value verification that
cipso_v4_validate() does, but it can verify the basic CIPSO option
format.
The behavior when NetLabel is enabled is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David S. Miller:
1) Fix IPSEC header length calculation for transport mode in ESP. The
issue is whether to do the calculation before or after alignment.
Fix from Benjamin Poirier.
2) Fix regression in IPV6 IPSEC fragment length calculations, from Gao
Feng. This is another transport vs tunnel mode issue.
3) Handle AF_UNSPEC connect()s properly in L2TP to avoid OOPSes. Fix
from James Chapman.
4) Fix USB ASIX driver's reception of full sized VLAN packets, from
Eric Dumazet.
5) Allow drop monitor (and, more generically, all generic netlink
protocols) to be automatically loaded as a module. From Neil
Horman.
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
due to new entries added next to each other at the end. As usual.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (38 commits)
net/smsc911x: Repair broken failure paths
virtio-net: remove useless disable on freeze
netdevice: Update netif_dbg for CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG
drop_monitor: Add module alias to enable automatic module loading
genetlink: Build a generic netlink family module alias
net: add MODULE_ALIAS_NET_PF_PROTO_NAME
r6040: Do a Proper deinit at errorpath and also when driver unloads (calling r6040_remove_one)
r6040: disable pci device if the subsequent calls (after pci_enable_device) fails
skb: avoid unnecessary reallocations in __skb_cow
net: sh_eth: fix the rxdesc pointer when rx descriptor empty happens
asix: allow full size 8021Q frames to be received
rds_rdma: don't assume infiniband device is PCI
l2tp: fix oops in L2TP IP sockets for connect() AF_UNSPEC case
mac80211: fix ADDBA declined after suspend with wowlan
wlcore: fix undefined symbols when CONFIG_PM is not defined
mac80211: fix flag check for QoS NOACK frames
ath9k_hw: apply internal regulator settings on AR933x
ath9k_hw: update AR933x initvals to fix issues with high power devices
ath9k: fix a use-after-free-bug when ath_tx_setup_buffer() fails
ath9k: stop rx dma before stopping tx
...
We call the destroy function when a cgroup starts to be removed, such as
by a rmdir event.
However, because of our reference counters, some objects are still
inflight. Right now, we are decrementing the static_keys at destroy()
time, meaning that if we get rid of the last static_key reference, some
objects will still have charges, but the code to properly uncharge them
won't be run.
This becomes a problem specially if it is ever enabled again, because now
new charges will be added to the staled charges making keeping it pretty
much impossible.
We just need to be careful with the static branch activation: since there
is no particular preferred order of their activation, we need to make sure
that we only start using it after all call sites are active. This is
achieved by having a per-memcg flag that is only updated after
static_key_slow_inc() returns. At this time, we are sure all sites are
active.
This is made per-memcg, not global, for a reason: it also has the effect
of making socket accounting more consistent. The first memcg to be
limited will trigger static_key() activation, therefore, accounting. But
all the others will then be accounted no matter what. After this patch,
only limited memcgs will have its sockets accounted.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: move enum sock_flag_bits into sock.h,
document enum sock_flag_bits,
convert memcg_proto_active() and memcg_proto_activated() to test_bit(),
redo tcp_update_limit() comment to 80 cols]
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Since commit ad0081e43a
"ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets as needed"
the fragment of packets is incorrect.
because tunnel mode needs IPsec headers and trailer for all fragments,
while on transport mode it is sufficient to add the headers to the
first fragment and the trailer to the last.
so modify mtu and maxfraglen base on ipsec mode and if fragment is first
or last.
with my test,it work well(every fragment's size is the mtu)
and does not trigger slow fragment path.
Changes from v1:
though optimization, mtu_prev and maxfraglen_prev can be delete.
replace xfrm mode codes with dst_entry's new frag DST_XFRM_TUNNEL.
add fuction ip6_append_data_mtu to make codes clearer.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull more networking updates from David Miller:
"Ok, everything from here on out will be bug fixes."
1) One final sync of wireless and bluetooth stuff from John Linville.
These changes have all been in his tree for more than a week, and
therefore have had the necessary -next exposure. John was just away
on a trip and didn't have a change to send the pull request until a
day or two ago.
2) Put back some defines in user exposed header file areas that were
removed during the tokenring purge. From Stephen Hemminger and Paul
Gortmaker.
3) A bug fix for UDP hash table allocation got lost in the pile due to
one of those "you got it.. no I've got it.." situations. :-)
From Tim Bird.
4) SKB coalescing in TCP needs to have stricter checks, otherwise we'll
try to coalesce overlapping frags and crash. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) RCU routing table lookups can race with free_fib_info(), causing
crashes when we deref the device pointers in the route. Fix by
releasing the net device in the RCU callback. From Yanmin Zhang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (293 commits)
tcp: take care of overlaps in tcp_try_coalesce()
ipv4: fix the rcu race between free_fib_info and ip_route_output_slow
mm: add a low limit to alloc_large_system_hash
ipx: restore token ring define to include/linux/ipx.h
if: restore token ring ARP type to header
xen: do not disable netfront in dom0
phy/micrel: Fix ID of KSZ9021
mISDN: Add X-Tensions USB ISDN TA XC-525
gianfar:don't add FCB length to hard_header_len
Bluetooth: Report proper error number in disconnection
Bluetooth: Create flags for bt_sk()
Bluetooth: report the right security level in getsockopt
Bluetooth: Lock the L2CAP channel when sending
Bluetooth: Restore locking semantics when looking up L2CAP channels
Bluetooth: Fix a redundant and problematic incoming MTU check
Bluetooth: Add support for Foxconn/Hon Hai AR5BBU22 0489:E03C
Bluetooth: Fix EIR data generation for mgmt_device_found
Bluetooth: Fix Inquiry with RSSI event mask
Bluetooth: improve readability of l2cap_seq_list code
Bluetooth: Fix skb length calculation
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"cgroup file type addition / removal is updated so that file types are
added and removed instead of individual files so that dynamic file
type addition / removal can be implemented by cgroup and used by
controllers. blkio controller changes which will come through block
tree are dependent on this. Other changes include res_counter cleanup
and disallowing kthread / PF_THREAD_BOUND threads to be attached to
non-root cgroups.
There's a reported bug with the file type addition / removal handling
which can lead to oops on cgroup umount. The issue is being looked
into. It shouldn't cause problems for most setups and isn't a
security concern."
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
* 'for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (21 commits)
res_counter: Account max_usage when calling res_counter_charge_nofail()
res_counter: Merge res_counter_charge and res_counter_charge_nofail
cgroups: disallow attaching kthreadd or PF_THREAD_BOUND threads
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys->populate()
cgroup: get rid of populate for memcg
cgroup: pass struct mem_cgroup instead of struct cgroup to socket memcg
cgroup: make css->refcnt clearing on cgroup removal optional
cgroup: use negative bias on css->refcnt to block css_tryget()
cgroup: implement cgroup_rm_cftypes()
cgroup: introduce struct cfent
cgroup: relocate __d_cgrp() and __d_cft()
cgroup: remove cgroup_add_file[s]()
cgroup: convert memcg controller to the new cftype interface
memcg: always create memsw files if CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP
cgroup: convert all non-memcg controllers to the new cftype interface
cgroup: relocate cftype and cgroup_subsys definitions in controllers
cgroup: merge cft_release_agent cftype array into the base files array
cgroup: implement cgroup_add_cftypes() and friends
cgroup: build list of all cgroups under a given cgroupfs_root
cgroup: move cgroup_clear_directory() call out of cgroup_populate_dir()
...
Mostly bool conversions, some inline removals and const additions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_opt_accepted() returns a bool, and can use const pointers
ipv6_addr_equal(), ipv6_addr_any(), ipv6_addr_loopback(),
ipv6_addr_orchid() return a bool.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- match() method returns a boolean
- return (A && B && C && D) -> return A && B && C && D
- fix indentation
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Enable dynamic debugging and remove a bunch of #ifdef/#endifs.
Add a lapb_dbg(level, fmt, ...) macro and replace the
printk(KERN_DEBUG uses.
Add pr_fmt and remove embedded prefixes.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bool conversions where possible.
__inline__ -> inline
space cleanups
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bool/const conversions where possible
__inline__ -> inline
space cleanups
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- sock_flag() accepts a const pointer
- sock_flag() returns a boolean
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_should_drop() logic allows a packet being not dropped if queue
size is under max packet size.
In fq_codel, we have two possible backlogs : The qdisc global one, and
the flow local one.
The meaningful one for codel_should_drop() should be the global backlog,
not the per flow one, so that thin flows can have a non zero drop/mark
probability.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for monitor device intended to capture all the network activity.
This interface could be used by networks sniffers and is already
supported by WireShark. That's a good test point to check that basic
MAC support works.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This stack implementation distinguishes several types of slave
interfaces. Another parameter to 'add_iface_' function is added
to clarify the interface type is going to be registered.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According IEEE 802.15.4 standard each node can be either full functionality
device (FFD) or reduce functionality device (RFD). So 2 sets of operations
are needed. This patch declare RFD operations structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main RX data path implementation between physical and mac layers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An interface to allocate and register ieee802154 compatible device.
The allocated device has the following representation in memory:
+-----------------------+
| struct wpan_phy |
+-----------------------+
| struct mac802154_priv |
+-----------------------+
| driver's private data |
+-----------------------+
Used by device drivers to register new instance in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE 802.15.4 Working Group focuses on the standardization of the
bottom two layers of ISO/OSI protocol stack: Physical (PHY) and MAC.
The MAC layer provides access control to a shared channel and reliable
data delivery. The main functions performed by the MAC sublayer are:
association and disassociation, security control, optional star
network topology functions, such as beacon generation and Guaranteed
Time Slots (GTSs) management, generation of ACK frames (if used), and,
finally, application support for the two possible network topologies
described in the standard.
This is an initial commit which describes main data structures needed
for ieee802.15.4 compatible devices representation in the MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
defer_setup and suspended are now flags into bt_sk().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The ERTM and streaming mode transmit queue must only be accessed while
the L2CAP channel lock is held. Locking the channel before calling
l2cap_chan_send ensures that multiple threads cannot simultaneously
manipulate the queue when sending and receiving concurrently.
L2CAP channel locking had previously moved to the l2cap_chan struct
instead of the associated socket, so some of the old socket locking
can also be removed in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The mgmt_device_found function expects to receive only the significant
part of the EIR data so it needs to be removed before calling the
function. This patch adds a new eir_get_length() helper function to
calculate the length of the significant part.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It should return bool, not int. The function even
does return true/false.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are going to delete the Token ring support. This removes any
special processing in the core networking for token ring, (aside
from net/tr.c itself), leaving the drivers and remaining tokenring
support present but inert.
The mass removal of the drivers and net/tr.c will be in a separate
commit, so that the history of these files that we still care
about won't have the giant deletion tied into their history.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The NFC core code already does that for them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is now specified that nfc_target_found() and nfc_target_lost() core
functions must not be called from an atomic context. This allow us to
serialize calls and protect the targets table using the nfc device lock
instead of a spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC Core now caches the active nfc target pointer, thereby avoiding
the need to lookup the target table for each invocation of a driver ops.
Consequently, pn533, HCI and NCI now directly receive an nfc_target
pointer instead of a target index.
Cc: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David pointed out gcc might generate poor code with 31bit fields.
Using u16 is more than enough and permits a better code output.
Also make the code intent more readable using constants, fixed point arithmetic
not being trivial for everybody.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It fixes L2CAP socket based security level elevation during a
connection. The HID profile needs this (for keyboards) and it is the only
way to achieve the security level elevation when using the management
interface to talk to the kernel (hence the management enabling patch
being the one that exposes this issue).
It enables the userspace a security level change when the socket is
already connected and create a way to notify the socket the result of the
request. At the moment of the request the socket is made non writable, if
the request fails the connections closes, otherwise the socket is made
writable again, POLL_OUT is emmited.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As Van pointed out, interval/sqrt(count) can be implemented using
multiplies only.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Iterative_methods_for_reciprocal_square_roots
This patch implements the Newton method and reciprocal divide.
Total cost is 15 cycles instead of 120 on my Corei5 machine (64bit
kernel).
There is a small 'error' for count values < 5, but we don't really care.
I reuse a hole in struct codel_vars :
- pack the dropping boolean into one bit
- use 31bit to store the reciprocal value of sqrt(count).
Suggested-by: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An implementation of CoDel AQM, from Kathleen Nichols and Van Jacobson.
http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2209336
This AQM main input is no longer queue size in bytes or packets, but the
delay packets stay in (FIFO) queue.
As we don't have infinite memory, we still can drop packets in enqueue()
in case of massive load, but mean of CoDel is to drop packets in
dequeue(), using a control law based on two simple parameters :
target : target sojourn time (default 5ms)
interval : width of moving time window (default 100ms)
Based on initial work from Dave Taht.
Refactored to help future codel inclusion as a plugin for other linux
qdisc (FQ_CODEL, ...), like RED.
include/net/codel.h contains codel algorithm as close as possible than
Kathleen reference.
net/sched/sch_codel.c contains the linux qdisc specific glue.
Separate structures permit a memory efficient implementation of fq_codel
(to be sent as a separate work) : Each flow has its own struct
codel_vars.
timestamps are taken at enqueue() time with 1024 ns precision, allowing
a range of 2199 seconds in queue, and 100Gb links support. iproute2 uses
usec as base unit.
Selected packets are dropped, unless ECN is enabled and packets can get
ECN mark instead.
Tested from 2Mb to 10Gb speeds with no particular problems, on ixgbe and
tg3 drivers (BQL enabled).
Usage: tc qdisc ... codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ target TIME ]
[ interval TIME ] [ ecn ]
qdisc codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 2000p target 3.0ms interval 60.0ms ecn
Sent 13347099587 bytes 8815805 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 202365Kbit 16708pps backlog 113550b 75p requeues 0
count 116 lastcount 98 ldelay 4.3ms dropping drop_next 816us
maxpacket 1514 ecn_mark 84399 drop_overlimit 0
CoDel must be seen as a base module, and should be used keeping in mind
there is still a FIFO queue. So a typical setup will probably need a
hierarchy of several qdiscs and packet classifiers to be able to meet
whatever constraints a user might have.
One possible example would be to use fq_codel, which combines Fair
Queueing and CoDel, in replacement of sfq / sfq_red.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It actually works on the input queue and will use its read mem
routines, thus it's better to have in in the tcp_input.c file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_check() will take care of SA (and obsolete field), hence
IPsec rekeying scenario is taken into account.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use more common code for ERTM and streaming mode segmentation and
transmission, and begin using skb control block data for delaying
extended or enhanced header generation until just before the packet is
transmitted. This code is also better suited for resegmentation,
which is needed when L2CAP links are reconfigured after an AMP channel
move.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The Bluetooth Low Energy support so far was disabled by default via
a module parameter. With this change the module parameter will be removed
and Low Energy is enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
No one is using hci_le_ltk_neg_reply() in bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
In this API, we were using sizeof operator for an array
given as function argument, which is invalid.
However this API is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
These values are now in the nested l2cap_ctrl struct.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Instead of using modular division, the offset can be calculated using
only addition and subtraction. The previous calculation did not work
as intended and was more difficult to understand, involving unsigned
integer underflow and a check for a negative value where one was not
possible.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
User-space pass the remote device address type to kernel through
struct sockaddr_l2 what makes the advertising useless. This patch
removes all advertising cache code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to establish a LE connection we need the address type
information. User-space already pass this information to kernel
through struct sockaddr_l2.
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to l2cap_chan_connect so we
are able to pass the address type info from user-space down to
hci_conn layer.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to hci_connect function.
Instead of searching the address type in advertising cache, we
use the dst_type parameter to establish LE connections.
The dst_type is ignored for BR/EDR connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the helper function bdaddr_to_le to hci_core, so it
can be used in mgmt.c and hci_conn.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the address type info to struct sockaddr_l2 so
user-space can inform the remote device address type required
to establish LE connections.
Soon, instead of looking the advertising cache up to discover the
address type, we'll use this address type info to establish LE
connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves address type macros to bluetooth.h since they will be
used by management interface and Bluetooth socket interface. It also
replaces the macro prefix MGMT_ADDR_ by BDADDR_.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No one is using strtoba() in the bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
A sequence list is a data structure used to track frames that need to
be retransmitted, and frames that have been requested for
retransmission by the remote device. It can compactly represent a
list of sequence numbers within the ERTM transmit window. Memory for
the list is allocated once at connection time, and common operations
in ERTM are O(1).
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some parameters in L2CAP chan are set to default similar way in
socket based channels and A2MP channels. Adds common function which
sets all defaults.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch removes the MGMT_ADDR_INVALID macro. If the address type
isn't LE, we consider it is BR/EDR type.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Following the separation if core and sock code this change avoid
manipulation of sk inside l2cap_chan_create().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Every field from ERTM control headers is now carried in the control
block so it only has to be parsed or generated once, and can be
efficiently accessed throughout the ERTM code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Adds some missing values for control field parsing, additional data
for the new state machine, and enumerations for states, incoming
packet classification, and state machine events.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds the HCI_PERIODIC_INQ flag to dev_flags. This flag
tracks if periodic inquiry is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds a handler function to Periodic Inquiry command
complete event.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_cancel_le_scan function which
should be used to cancel an ongoing LE scan.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
ediv is already in little endian order.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID details need to be programmed into the kernel for every
controller at least once. So provide management command for this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID information can be provided via Extended Inquiry Data
as well. If a valid source is present, then include it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Inquiry Response TX power tag should be added to the Extended
Inquiry Data (EIR) as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We initialize the "struct device" in hci_alloc_dev() for a long time now
so we can access hdev->dev.parent directly. Hence, we can drop the
temporary field hdev->parent which is used in no other place than
hci_add_sysfs().
SET_HCIDEV_DEV() is never called after registering a device by the
drivers so we do not overwrite internal device-state. Furthermore,
hdev->dev is initialized to 0 by kzalloc() inside hci_alloc_dev() so the
default behavior with dev.parent = NULL is kept.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Correct type warnings reported by sparse to show that this
functions takes ediv argument in __le16 format.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep lmp_subver in host byte order. We have following conversion
in hci_cc_read_local_version:
hdev->lmp_subver = __le16_to_cpu(rp->lmp_subver);
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow master and backup servers to use many threads
for sync traffic. Add sysctl var "sync_ports" to define the
number of threads. Every thread will use single UDP port,
thread 0 will use the default port 8848 while last thread
will use port 8848+sync_ports-1.
The sync traffic for connections is scheduled to many
master threads based on the cp address but one connection is
always assigned to same thread to avoid reordering of the
sync messages.
Remove ip_vs_sync_switch_mode because this check
for sync mode change is still risky. Instead, check for mode
change under sync_buff_lock.
Make sure the backup socks do not block on reading.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add two new sysctl vars to control the sync rate with the
main idea to reduce the rate for connection templates because
currently it depends on the packet rate for controlled connections.
This mechanism should be useful also for normal connections
with high traffic.
sync_refresh_period: in seconds, difference in reported connection
timer that triggers new sync message. It can be used to
avoid sync messages for the specified period (or half of
the connection timeout if it is lower) if connection state
is not changed from last sync.
sync_retries: integer, 0..3, defines sync retries with period of
sync_refresh_period/8. Useful to protect against loss of
sync messages.
Allow sysctl_sync_threshold to be used with
sysctl_sync_period=0, so that only single sync message is sent
if sync_refresh_period is also 0.
Add new field "sync_endtime" in connection structure to
hold the reported time when connection expires. The 2 lowest
bits will represent the retry count.
As the sysctl_sync_period now can be 0 use ACCESS_ONCE to
avoid division by zero.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for being patient with me,
for his extensive reports and helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
High rate of sync messages in master can lead to
overflowing the socket buffer and dropping the messages.
Fixed sleep of 1 second without wakeup events is not suitable
for loaded masters,
Use delayed_work to schedule sending for queued messages
and limit the delay to IPVS_SYNC_SEND_DELAY (20ms). This will
reduce the rate of wakeups but to avoid sending long bursts we
wakeup the master thread after IPVS_SYNC_WAKEUP_RATE (8) messages.
Add hard limit for the queued messages before sending
by using "sync_qlen_max" sysctl var. It defaults to 1/32 of
the memory pages but actually represents number of messages.
It will protect us from allocating large parts of memory
when the sending rate is lower than the queuing rate.
As suggested by Pablo, add new sysctl var
"sync_sock_size" to configure the SNDBUF (master) or
RCVBUF (slave) socket limit. Default value is 0 (preserve
system defaults).
Change the master thread to detect and block on
SNDBUF overflow, so that we do not drop messages when
the socket limit is low but the sync_qlen_max limit is
not reached. On ENOBUFS or other errors just drop the
messages.
Change master thread to enter TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
state early, so that we do not miss wakeups due to messages or
kthread_should_stop event.
Thanks to Pablo Neira Ayuso for his valuable feedback!
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
this_cpu_inc() is IRQ safe and faster than
local_bh_disable()/__this_cpu_inc()/local_bh_enable(), at least on x86.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to disable automatic conntrack helper
lookup based on TCP/UDP ports, eg.
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper
[ Note: flows that already got a helper will keep using it even
if automatic helper assignment has been disabled ]
Once this behaviour has been disabled, you have to explicitly
use the iptables CT target to attach helper to flows.
There are good reasons to stop supporting automatic helper
assignment, for further information, please read:
http://www.netfilter.org/news.html#2012-04-03
This patch also adds one message to inform that automatic helper
assignment is deprecated and it will be removed soon (this is
spotted only once, with the first flow that gets a helper attached
to make it as less annoying as possible).
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears some networks play bad games with the two bits reserved for
ECN. This can trigger false congestion notifications and very slow
transferts.
Since RFC 3168 (6.1.1) forbids SYN packets to carry CT bits, we can
disable TCP ECN negociation if it happens we receive mangled CT bits in
the SYN packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Perry Lorier <perryl@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Wilmer van der Gaast <wilmer@google.com>
Cc: Ankur Jain <jankur@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tcp coalescing implementing it from tcp_queue_rcv(), the main
receiver function when application is not blocked in recvmsg().
Function tcp_queue_rcv() is moved a bit to allow its call from
tcp_data_queue()
This gives good results especially if GRO could not kick, and if skb
head is a fragment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementing the advanced early retransmit (sysctl_tcp_early_retrans==2).
Delays the fast retransmit by an interval of RTT/4. We borrow the
RTO timer to implement the delay. If we receive another ACK or send
a new packet, the timer is cancelled and restored to original RTO
value offset by time elapsed. When the delayed-ER timer fires,
we enter fast recovery and perform fast retransmit.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements RFC 5827 early retransmit (ER) for TCP.
It reduces DUPACK threshold (dupthresh) if outstanding packets are
less than 4 to recover losses by fast recovery instead of timeout.
While the algorithm is simple, small but frequent network reordering
makes this feature dangerous: the connection repeatedly enter
false recovery and degrade performance. Therefore we implement
a mitigation suggested in the appendix of the RFC that delays
entering fast recovery by a small interval, i.e., RTT/4. Currently
ER is conservative and is disabled for the rest of the connection
after the first reordering event. A large scale web server
experiment on the performance impact of ER is summarized in
section 6 of the paper "Proportional Rate Reduction for TCP”,
IMC 2011. http://conferences.sigcomm.org/imc/2011/docs/p155.pdf
Note that Linux has a similar feature called THIN_DUPACK. The
differences are THIN_DUPACK do not mitigate reorderings and is only
used after slow start. Currently ER is disabled if THIN_DUPACK is
enabled. I would be happy to merge THIN_DUPACK feature with ER if
people think it's a good idea.
ER is enabled by sysctl_tcp_early_retrans:
0: Disables ER
1: Reduce dupthresh to packets_out - 1 when outstanding packets < 4.
2: (Default) reduce dupthresh like mode 1. In addition, delay
entering fast recovery by RTT/4.
Note: mode 2 is implemented in the third part of this patch series.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change order of init so netns init is ready
when register ioctl and netlink.
Ver2
Whitespace fixes and __init added.
Reported-by: "Ryan O'Hara" <rohara@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_create_timeout_table() can return NULL
All functions protocol init_netns is affected of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Now that the sematics of udpv6_queue_rcv_skb() match IPv4's
udp_queue_rcv_skb(), introduce the UDP encap_rcv() hook for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Tore Anderson from :
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42572
When RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is set on a route, the effective TCP segment
size does not take into account the size of the IPv6 Fragmentation
header that needs to be included in outbound packets, causing every
transmitted TCP segment to be fragmented across two IPv6 packets, the
latter of which will only contain 8 bytes of actual payload.
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is typically set on a route in response to
receving a ICMPv6 Packet Too Big message indicating a Path MTU of less
than 1280 bytes. 1280 bytes is the minimum IPv6 MTU, however ICMPv6
PTBs with MTU < 1280 are still valid, in particular when an IPv6
packet is sent to an IPv4 destination through a stateless translator.
Any ICMPv4 Need To Fragment packets originated from the IPv4 part of
the path will be translated to ICMPv6 PTB which may then indicate an
MTU of less than 1280.
The Linux kernel refuses to reduce the effective MTU to anything below
1280 bytes, instead it sets it to exactly 1280 bytes, and
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is also set. However, the TCP segment size appears
to be set to 1240 bytes (1280 Path MTU - 40 bytes of IPv6 header),
instead of 1232 (additionally taking into account the 8 bytes required
by the IPv6 Fragmentation extension header).
This in turn results in rather inefficient transmission, as every
transmitted TCP segment now is split in two fragments containing
1232+8 bytes of payload.
After this patch, all the outgoing packets that includes a
Fragmentation header all are "atomic" or "non-fragmented" fragments,
i.e., they both have Offset=0 and More Fragments=0.
With help from David S. Miller
Reported-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Tested-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bridge: set fake_rtable's dst to NULL to avoid kernel Oops
when bridge is deleted before tap/vif device's delete, kernel may
encounter an oops because of NULL reference to fake_rtable's dst.
Set fake_rtable's dst to NULL before sending packets out can solve
this problem.
v4 reformat, change br_drop_fake_rtable(skb) to {}
v3 enrich commit header
v2 introducing new flag DST_FAKE_RTABLE to dst_entry struct.
[ Use "do { } while (0)" for nop br_drop_fake_rtable()
implementation -DaveM ]
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Huang <peter.huangpeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog() & sk_rcvqueues_full() hard coded sk_rcvbuf as the
memory limit. We need to make this limit a parameter for TCP use.
No functional change expected in this patch, all callers still using the
old sk_rcvbuf limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
> include/net/ax25.h:447:75: error: expected ';' before '}' token
>
> static inline int ax25_register_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) { return 0 };
> static inline void ax25_unregister_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) {};
>
> First function: move ';' inside braces.
> Second function: drop the ';'.
Put the semicolons where it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
>
> ERROR: "unregister_net_sysctl_table" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
> ERROR: "register_net_sysctl" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
>
> when CONFIG_SYSCTL is not enabled.
Add static inline stub functions to gracefully handle the case when sysctl
support is not present.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit moves the (substantial) common code shared between
tcp_v4_init_sock() and tcp_v6_init_sock() to a new address-family
independent function, tcp_init_sock().
Centralizing this functionality should help avoid drift issues,
e.g. where the IPv4 side is updated without a corresponding update to
IPv6. There was already some drift: IPv4 initialized snd_cwnd to
TCP_INIT_CWND, while the IPv6 side was still initializing snd_cwnd to
2 (in this case it should not matter, since snd_cwnd is also
initialized in tcp_init_metrics(), but the general risks and
maintenance overhead remain).
When diffing the old and new code, note that new tcp_init_sock()
function uses the order of steps from the tcp_v4_init_sock()
implementation (the order is slightly different in
tcp_v6_init_sock()).
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes (according the the previous description):
* TCP_REPAIR sockoption
This one just puts the socket in/out of the repair mode.
Allowed for CAP_NET_ADMIN and for closed/establised sockets only.
When repair mode is turned off and the socket happens to be in
the established state the window probe is sent to the peer to
'unlock' the connection.
* TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE sockoption
This one sets the queue which we're about to repair. The
'no-queue' is set by default.
* TCP_QUEUE_SEQ socoption
Sets the write_seq/rcv_nxt of a selected repaired queue.
Allowed for TCP_CLOSE-d sockets only. When the socket changes
its state the other seq-s are changed by the kernel according
to the protocol rules (most of the existing code is actually
reused).
* Ability to forcibly bind a socket to a port
The sk->sk_reuse is set to SK_FORCE_REUSE.
* Immediate connect modification
The connect syscall initializes the connection, then directly jumps
to the code which finalizes it.
* Silent close modification
The close just aborts the connection (similar to SO_LINGER with 0
time) but without sending any FIN/RST-s to peer.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just the preparation patch, which makes the needed for
TCP repair code ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name them in a "backward compatible" manner, i.e. reuse or not
are still 1 and 0 respectively. The reuse value of 2 means that
the socket with it will forcibly reuse everyone else's port.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the users have been converted to use registera_net_sysctl so we
no longer need register_net_sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't use struct ctl_path anymore so delete the exported constants.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't much advantage here except that strings paths are a bit
easier to read, and converting everything to them allows me to kill off
ctl_path.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sysctl core no longer natively understands sysctl tables
with .child entries.
Split the ipv6_table to remove the .child entries.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't register/unregister every ax25 table in a batch. Instead register
and unregister per device ax25 sysctls as ax25 devices come and go.
This moves ax25 to be a completely modern sysctl user. Registering the
sysctls in just the initial network namespace, removing the use of
.child entries that are no longer natively supported by the sysctl core
and taking advantage of the fact that there are no longer any ordering
constraints between registering and unregistering different sysctl
tables.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl no longer requires explicit creation of directories. The neigh
directory is always populated with at least a default entry so this
won't cause any user visible changes.
Delete the ipv4_path and the ipv4_skeleton these are no longer needed.
Directly register the ipv4_route_table.
And since I am an idiot remove the header definitions that I should
have removed in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_sysctl_rotable never caught on as an interesting way to
register sysctls. My take on the situation is that what we want are
sysctls that we can only see in the initial network namespace. What we
have implemented with register_sysctl_rotable are sysctls that we can
see in all of the network namespaces and can only change in the initial
network namespace.
That is a very silly way to go. Just register the network sysctls
in the initial network namespace and we don't have any weird special
cases to deal with.
The sysctls affected are:
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_max_dist
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/mld_max_msf
I really don't expect anyone will miss them if they can't read them in a
child user namespace.
CC: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the netfilter code is modified to use register_net_sysctl_table the
kernel fails to boot because the per net sysctl infrasturce is not setup
soon enough. So to avoid races call net_sysctl_init from sock_init().
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now all of the networking sysctl registrations are running in a
compatibiity mode. The natvie sysctl registration api takes a cstring
for a path and a simple ctl_table. Implement register_net_sysctl so
that we can register network sysctls without needing to use
compatiblity code in the sysctl core.
Switching from a ctl_path to a cstring results in less boiler plate
and denser code that is a little easier to read.
I would simply have changed the arguments to register_net_sysctl_table
instead of keeping two functions in parallel but gcc will allow a
ctl_path pointer to be passed to a char * pointer with only issuing a
warning resulting in completely incorrect code can be built. Since I
have to change the function name I am taking advantage of the situation
to let both register_net_sysctl and register_net_sysctl_table live for a
short time in parallel which makes clean conversion patches a bit easier
to read and write.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/sock.h:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:377): No description found for parameter 'sk_peek_off'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functionally, this change is a NOP.
Semantically, rt6_clean_expires() wants to do rt->dst.from = NULL instead of
rt->dst.expires = 0. It is clearing the RTF_EXPIRES flag, so the union is going
to be treated as a pointer (dst.from) not a long (dst.expires).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1716a961 (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache) broke PMTU
discovery. rt6_update_expires() calls dst_set_expires(), which only updates
dst->expires if it has not been set previously (expires == 0) or if the new
expires is earlier than the current dst->expires.
rt6_update_expires() needs to zero rt->dst.expires, otherwise it will contain
ivalid data left over from rt->dst.from and will confuse dst_set_expires().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit b82d1bb4 inadvertendly placed unrelated new code between
TCPCB_EVER_RETRANS and TCPCB_RETRANS and the other macros that refer
to the sacked field in the struct tcp_skb_cb (probably because there
was a misleading empty line there). This commit fixes up the
formatting so that all macros related to the sacked field are adjacent
again.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My grand plan to allow drivers to gradually move over
to advertising virtual interface combinations and only
enforce with drivers that do want it enforced doesn't
seem to be working out, only Christian ever added the
advertising (to carl9170), nobody else did.
Begin enforcing combinations in cfg80211 so that users
can rely on the information reported about a device.
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a key is non persistent then it should not be used in future
connections but it should be kept for current connection. And it
should be removed when connecion is removed.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch changes the return type of function hci_persistent_key
from int to bool because it makes more sense to return information
whether a key is persistent or not as a bool.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.h
Resolved a conflict between a DMA error bug fix and NAPI
support changes in the atl1 driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must try harder to get unique (addr, port) pairs when
doing port autoselection for sockets with SO_REUSEADDR
option set.
We achieve this by adding a relaxation parameter to
inet_csk_bind_conflict. When 'relax' parameter is off
we return a conflict whenever the current searched
pair (addr, port) is not unique.
This tries to address the problems reported in patch:
8d238b25b1
Revert "tcp: bind() fix when many ports are bound"
Tests where ran for creating and binding(0) many sockets
on 100 IPs. The results are, on average:
* 60000 sockets, 600 ports / IP:
* 0.210 s, 620 (IP, port) duplicates without patch
* 0.219 s, no duplicates with patch
* 100000 sockets, 1000 ports / IP:
* 0.371 s, 1720 duplicates without patch
* 0.373 s, no duplicates with patch
* 200000 sockets, 2000 ports / IP:
* 0.766 s, 6900 duplicates without patch
* 0.768 s, no duplicates with patch
* 500000 sockets, 5000 ports / IP:
* 2.227 s, 41500 duplicates without patch
* 2.284 s, no duplicates with patch
Signed-off-by: Alex Copot <alex.mihai.c@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baluta <dbaluta@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates some comments to track RFC6298
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-cpu statistics kept for GRE, IPIP, and SIT tunnels
to use 64 bit statistics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions:
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates
* ieee80211_sta_get_rates
* ieee80211_frame_duration
* ieee80211_rts_duration
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
This is in preparation for multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function ‘rtnl_create_link’:
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1645:3: warning: passing argument 2 of ‘ops->get_tx_queues’ from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1645:3: note: expected ‘const struct nlattr **’ but argument is of type ‘struct nlattr **’
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_table_init_no_netlink() is only used in net/core/neighbour.c file.
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most machines dont use UDP encapsulation (L2TP)
Adds a static_key so that udp_queue_rcv_skb() doesnt have to perform a
test if L2TP never setup the encap_rcv on a socket.
Idea of this patch came after Simon Horman proposal to add a hook on TCP
as well.
If static_key is not yet enabled, the fast path does a single JMP .
When static_key is enabled, JMP destination is patched to reach the real
encap_type/encap_rcv logic, possibly adding cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and references in rtnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change get_tx_queues, drop unsused arg/return value real_tx_queues,
and use return by value (with error) rather than call by reference.
Probably bonding should just change to LLTX and the whole get_tx_queues
API could disappear!
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the ipv6 dst cache which copy from the dst generated by ICMPV6 RA packet.
this dst cache will not check expire because it has no RTF_EXPIRES flag.
So this dst cache will always be used until the dst gc run.
Change the struct dst_entry,add a union contains new pointer from and expires.
When rt6_info.rt6i_flags has no RTF_EXPIRES flag,the dst.expires has no use.
we can use this field to point to where the dst cache copy from.
The dst.from is only used in IPV6.
rt6_check_expired check if rt6_info.dst.from is expired.
ip6_rt_copy only set dst.from when the ort has flag RTF_ADDRCONF
and RTF_DEFAULT.then hold the ort.
ip6_dst_destroy release the ort.
Add some functions to operate the RTF_EXPIRES flag and expires(from) together.
and change the code to use these new adding functions.
Changes from v5:
modify ip6_route_add and ndisc_router_discovery to use new adding functions.
Only set dst.from when the ort has flag RTF_ADDRCONF
and RTF_DEFAULT.then hold the ort.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement aggregation algorithm, combining more data into a single
HSI transfer. 4 different traffic categories are supported:
1. TC_PRIO_CONTROL .. TC_PRIO_MAX (CTL)
2. TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE (VO)
3. TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK (VI)
4. TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT, TC_PRIO_BULK, TC_PRIO_FILLER (BEBK)
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set traffic class for CAIF packets, based on socket
priority, CAIF protocol type, or type of message.
Traffic class mapping for different packet types:
- control: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- flow control: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- at: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- rfm: TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK;
- other sockets: equals to socket's TC;
- network data: no change.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in RFC6106, DNSSL option contains one or more domain names
of DNS suffixes. 8-bit identifier of the DNSSL option type as assigned
by the IANA is 31. This option should also be treated as userland.
Signed-off-by: Alexey I. Froloff <raorn@raorn.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some HW/drivers get notifications when a tag moves out of the radio field.
This notification is now forwarded to user space through netlink.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The target index can be used by userspace to uniquely identify a target
and thus should be kept unique, per NFC adapter. Moreover, some protocols
do not provide a logical index when discovering new targets, so we have to
generate one for them.
For NCI or pn533 to fetch their logical index, we added a logical_idx field
to the target structure.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most NFC HCI chipsets actually use a simplified HDLC link layer to
carry HCI payloads.
This implementation registers itself as an HCI device on behalf of the
NFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is an implementation of ETSI TS 102 622 specification.
Many NFC chipsets use HCI as the host <-> target protocol on top of a
serial link like i2c.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC drivers will call this routine when they detect that a tag leaves the
RF field. This will eventually lead to the corresponding netlink event
to be sent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g.
in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this
event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully
migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue
per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel
uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue
is full and then try to send an off-channel frame
the frame will never go out. This will become worse
when we support multi-channel since then a queue on
one channel might be full, but we have to stop the
software queue for all channels. That is obviously
not desirable.
To address this problem allow drivers to register
more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to
virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue
the corresponding AC software queues on the correct
interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally,
there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem
and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This
allows drivers to manage software queues closer to
how the hardware works.
Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues.
This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do
will break pure injection unless we handle monitor
interfaces explicitly. One possible option would
be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor
mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API
since we already need to have queue assignments
handled per virtual interface.
So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor
interface that is added whenever all active vifs
are monitors. We could also use the state of one
of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would
be complicated, so allocate separate state.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported
rates IE.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This field is never set to anything non-zero in
mac80211, so we should be able to remove it.
Unfortunately though, the iwlwifi and iwlegacy
drivers use it for their internal TX status
processing (which shouldn't be using the rate
control API to start with), so add a new field
"status.antenna" for them, at least for now.
In the future, I plan to use the new field to
hold the hardware queue, while the SKB's queue
mapping holds the AC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only reason cgroup was used, was to be consistent with the populate()
interface. Now that we're getting rid of it, not only we no longer need
it, but we also *can't* call it this way.
Since we will no longer rely on populate(), this will be called from
create(). During create, the association between struct mem_cgroup
and struct cgroup does not yet exist, since cgroup internals hasn't
yet initialized its bookkeeping. This means we would not be able
to draw the memcg pointer from the cgroup pointer in these
functions, which is highly undesirable.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
CC: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
CC: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the control-rate tables are not set up correctly, it makes
little sense to spam the logs, thus change the WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To ensure that old user space versions do not accidentally pick up and
try to use the management channel, use a different channel number.
Reported-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Although not specified in 8021Qaz spec, it could be useful to enable drivers
whose HW supports setting a rate limit for an ETS TC. This patch adds this
optional attribute to DCB netlink. To use it, drivers should implement and
register the callbacks ieee_setmaxrate and ieee_getmaxrate. The units are 64
bits long and specified in Kbps to enable usage over both slow and very fast
networks.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unused icmp_ioctl() method definition in
include/net/icmp.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They were error prone due to an embedded goto, and the entire tree has
been converted away from using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If passed 0 as data_length the (parsed < data_length - 1) test will be
true and cause a buffer overflow. In practice we need at least two bytes
for the element length and type so add a test for it to the very
beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The parsed variable is already incremented inside the for-loop so there
no need to increment it again (not to mention that the code was
incrementing it the wrong amount).
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch uses the correct flags for checking the HCI_SSP_ENABLED bit.
Without this authentication request was not being initiated.
Signed-off-by: Hemant Gupta <hemant.gupta@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Name string overrun fix in gianfar driver from Joe Perches.
2) VHOST bug fixes from Michael S. Tsirkin and Nadav Har'El
3) Fix dependencies on xt_LOG netfilter module, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
4) Fix RCU locking in xt_CT, also from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
5) Add a parameter to skb_add_rx_frag() so we can fix the truesize
adjustments in the drivers that use it. The individual drivers
aren't fixed by this commit, but will be dealt with using follow-on
commits. From Eric Dumazet.
6) Add some device IDs to qmi_wwan driver, from Andrew Bird.
7) Fix a potential rcu_read_lock() imbalancein rt6_fill_node(). From
Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: fix a potential rcu_read_lock() imbalance in rt6_fill_node()
net: add a truesize parameter to skb_add_rx_frag()
gianfar: Fix possible overrun and simplify interrupt name field creation
USB: qmi_wwan: Add ZTE (Vodafone) K3570-Z and K3571-Z net interfaces
USB: option: Ignore ZTE (Vodafone) K3570/71 net interfaces
USB: qmi_wwan: Add ZTE (Vodafone) K3565-Z and K4505-Z net interfaces
qlcnic: Bug fix for LRO
netfilter: nf_conntrack: permanently attach timeout policy to conntrack
netfilter: xt_CT: fix assignation of the generic protocol tracker
netfilter: xt_CT: missing rcu_read_lock section in timeout assignment
netfilter: cttimeout: fix dependency with l4protocol conntrack module
netfilter: xt_LOG: use CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES instead of CONFIG_IPV6
vhost: fix release path lockdep checks
vhost: don't forget to schedule()
tools/virtio: stub out strong barriers
tools/virtio: add linux/hrtimer.h stub
tools/virtio: add linux/module.h stub
The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the
cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting
"unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was
completely unaware of them. Resolve this by formally allowing the
"unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
At least on ia64 the (bogus) use of xchg() here results in the compiler
warning about an unused expression result. As only an assignment is
intended here, convert it to such.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
"[RFC PATCH 0/2] audit of linux/device.h users in include/*"
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/3/4/159
--
Nearly every subsystem has some kind of header with a proto like:
void foo(struct device *dev);
and yet there is no reason for most of these guys to care about the
sub fields within the device struct. This allows us to significantly
reduce the scope of headers including headers. For this instance, a
reduction of about 40% is achieved by replacing the include with the
simple fact that the device is some kind of a struct.
Unlike the much larger module.h cleanup, this one is simply two
commits. One to fix the implicit <linux/device.h> users, and then
one to delete the device.h includes from the linux/include/ dir
wherever possible.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=3j4+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'device-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull <linux/device.h> avoidance patches from Paul Gortmaker:
"Nearly every subsystem has some kind of header with a proto like:
void foo(struct device *dev);
and yet there is no reason for most of these guys to care about the
sub fields within the device struct. This allows us to significantly
reduce the scope of headers including headers. For this instance, a
reduction of about 40% is achieved by replacing the include with the
simple fact that the device is some kind of a struct.
Unlike the much larger module.h cleanup, this one is simply two
commits. One to fix the implicit <linux/device.h> users, and then one
to delete the device.h includes from the linux/include/ dir wherever
possible."
* tag 'device-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
device.h: audit and cleanup users in main include dir
device.h: cleanup users outside of linux/include (C files)
"[RFC - PATCH 0/7] consolidation of BUG support code."
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/26/525
--
The changes shown here are to unify linux's BUG support under
the one <linux/bug.h> file. Due to historical reasons, we have
some BUG code in bug.h and some in kernel.h -- i.e. the support for
BUILD_BUG in linux/kernel.h predates the addition of linux/bug.h,
but old code in kernel.h wasn't moved to bug.h at that time. As
a band-aid, kernel.h was including <asm/bug.h> to pseudo link them.
This has caused confusion[1] and general yuck/WTF[2] reactions.
Here is an example that violates the principle of least surprise:
CC lib/string.o
lib/string.c: In function 'strlcat':
lib/string.c:225:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'BUILD_BUG_ON'
make[2]: *** [lib/string.o] Error 1
$
$ grep linux/bug.h lib/string.c
#include <linux/bug.h>
$
We've included <linux/bug.h> for the BUG infrastructure and yet we
still get a compile fail! [We've not kernel.h for BUILD_BUG_ON.]
Ugh - very confusing for someone who is new to kernel development.
With the above in mind, the goals of this changeset are:
1) find and fix any include/*.h files that were relying on the
implicit presence of BUG code.
2) find and fix any C files that were consuming kernel.h and
hence relying on implicitly getting some/all BUG code.
3) Move the BUG related code living in kernel.h to <linux/bug.h>
4) remove the asm/bug.h from kernel.h to finally break the chain.
During development, the order was more like 3-4, build-test, 1-2.
But to ensure that git history for bisect doesn't get needless
build failures introduced, the commits have been reorderd to fix
the problem areas in advance.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/3/90
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/17/414
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPbNwpAAoJEOvOhAQsB9HWrqYP/A0t9VB0nK6e42F0OR2P14MZ
GJFtf1B++wwioIrx+KSWSRfSur1C5FKhDbxLR3I/pvkAYl4+T4JvRdMG6xJwxyip
CC1kVQQNDjWVVqzjz2x6rYkOffx6dUlw/ERyIyk+OzP+1HzRIsIrugMqbzGLlX0X
y0v2Tbd0G6xg1DV8lcRdp95eIzcGuUvdb2iY2LGadWZczEOeSXx64Jz3QCFxg3aL
LFU4oovsg8Nb7MRJmqDvHK/oQf5vaTm9WSrS0pvVte0msSQRn8LStYdWC0G9BPCS
GwL86h/eLXlUXQlC5GpgWg1QQt5i2QpjBFcVBIG0IT5SgEPMx+gXyiqZva2KwbHu
LKicjKtfnzPitQnyEV/N6JyV1fb1U6/MsB7ebU5nCCzt9Gr7MYbjZ44peNeprAtu
HMvJ/BNnRr4Ha6nPQNu952AdASPKkxmeXFUwBL1zUbLkOX/bK/vy1ujlcdkFxCD7
fP3t7hghYa737IHk0ehUOhrE4H67hvxTSCKioLUAy/YeN1IcfH/iOQiCBQVLWmoS
AqYV6ou9cqgdYoyila2UeAqegb+8xyubPIHt+lebcaKxs5aGsTg+r3vq5juMDAPs
iwSVYUDcIw9dHer1lJfo7QCy3QUTRDTxh+LB9VlHXQICgeCK02sLBOi9hbEr4/H8
Ko9g8J3BMxcMkXLHT9ud
=PYQT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'bug-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull <linux/bug.h> cleanup from Paul Gortmaker:
"The changes shown here are to unify linux's BUG support under the one
<linux/bug.h> file. Due to historical reasons, we have some BUG code
in bug.h and some in kernel.h -- i.e. the support for BUILD_BUG in
linux/kernel.h predates the addition of linux/bug.h, but old code in
kernel.h wasn't moved to bug.h at that time. As a band-aid, kernel.h
was including <asm/bug.h> to pseudo link them.
This has caused confusion[1] and general yuck/WTF[2] reactions. Here
is an example that violates the principle of least surprise:
CC lib/string.o
lib/string.c: In function 'strlcat':
lib/string.c:225:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'BUILD_BUG_ON'
make[2]: *** [lib/string.o] Error 1
$
$ grep linux/bug.h lib/string.c
#include <linux/bug.h>
$
We've included <linux/bug.h> for the BUG infrastructure and yet we
still get a compile fail! [We've not kernel.h for BUILD_BUG_ON.] Ugh -
very confusing for someone who is new to kernel development.
With the above in mind, the goals of this changeset are:
1) find and fix any include/*.h files that were relying on the
implicit presence of BUG code.
2) find and fix any C files that were consuming kernel.h and hence
relying on implicitly getting some/all BUG code.
3) Move the BUG related code living in kernel.h to <linux/bug.h>
4) remove the asm/bug.h from kernel.h to finally break the chain.
During development, the order was more like 3-4, build-test, 1-2. But
to ensure that git history for bisect doesn't get needless build
failures introduced, the commits have been reorderd to fix the problem
areas in advance.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/3/90
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/17/414"
Fix up conflicts (new radeon file, reiserfs header cleanups) as per Paul
and linux-next.
* tag 'bug-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
kernel.h: doesn't explicitly use bug.h, so don't include it.
bug: consolidate BUILD_BUG_ON with other bug code
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h
bug.h: add include of it to various implicit C users
lib: fix implicit users of kernel.h for TAINT_WARN
spinlock: macroize assert_spin_locked to avoid bug.h dependency
x86: relocate get/set debugreg fcns to include/asm/debugreg.
In some cases the poll() implementation in a driver has to do different
things depending on the events the caller wants to poll for. An example
is when a driver needs to start a DMA engine if the caller polls for
POLLIN, but doesn't want to do that if POLLIN is not requested but instead
only POLLOUT or POLLPRI is requested. This is something that can happen
in the video4linux subsystem among others.
Unfortunately, the current epoll/poll/select implementation doesn't
provide that information reliably. The poll_table_struct does have it: it
has a key field with the event mask. But once a poll() call matches one
or more bits of that mask any following poll() calls are passed a NULL
poll_table pointer.
Also, the eventpoll implementation always left the key field at ~0 instead
of using the requested events mask.
This was changed in eventpoll.c so the key field now contains the actual
events that should be polled for as set by the caller.
The solution to the NULL poll_table pointer is to set the qproc field to
NULL in poll_table once poll() matches the events, not the poll_table
pointer itself. That way drivers can obtain the mask through a new
poll_requested_events inline.
The poll_table_struct can still be NULL since some kernel code calls it
internally (netfs_state_poll() in ./drivers/staging/pohmelfs/netfs.h). In
that case poll_requested_events() returns ~0 (i.e. all events).
Very rarely drivers might want to know whether poll_wait will actually
wait. If another earlier file descriptor in the set already matched the
events the caller wanted to wait for, then the kernel will return from the
select() call without waiting. This might be useful information in order
to avoid doing expensive work.
A new helper function poll_does_not_wait() is added that drivers can use
to detect this situation. This is now used in sock_poll_wait() in
include/net/sock.h. This was the only place in the kernel that needed
this information.
Drivers should no longer access any of the poll_table internals, but use
the poll_requested_events() and poll_does_not_wait() access functions
instead. In order to enforce that the poll_table fields are now prepended
with an underscore and a comment was added warning against using them
directly.
This required a change in unix_dgram_poll() in unix/af_unix.c which used
the key field to get the requested events. It's been replaced by a call
to poll_requested_events().
For qproc it was especially important to change its name since the
behavior of that field changes with this patch since this function pointer
can now be NULL when that wasn't possible in the past.
Any driver accessing the qproc or key fields directly will now fail to compile.
Some notes regarding the correctness of this patch: the driver's poll()
function is called with a 'struct poll_table_struct *wait' argument. This
pointer may or may not be NULL, drivers can never rely on it being one or
the other as that depends on whether or not an earlier file descriptor in
the select()'s fdset matched the requested events.
There are only three things a driver can do with the wait argument:
1) obtain the key field:
events = wait ? wait->key : ~0;
This will still work although it should be replaced with the new
poll_requested_events() function (which does exactly the same).
This will now even work better, since wait is no longer set to NULL
unnecessarily.
2) use the qproc callback. This could be deadly since qproc can now be
NULL. Renaming qproc should prevent this from happening. There are no
kernel drivers that actually access this callback directly, BTW.
3) test whether wait == NULL to determine whether poll would return without
waiting. This is no longer sufficient as the correct test is now
wait == NULL || wait->_qproc == NULL.
However, the worst that can happen here is a slight performance hit in
the case where wait != NULL and wait->_qproc == NULL. In that case the
driver will assume that poll_wait() will actually add the fd to the set
of waiting file descriptors. Of course, poll_wait() will not do that
since it tests for wait->_qproc. This will not break anything, though.
There is only one place in the whole kernel where this happens
(sock_poll_wait() in include/net/sock.h) and that code will be replaced
by a call to poll_does_not_wait() in the next patch.
Note that even if wait->_qproc != NULL drivers cannot rely on poll_wait()
actually waiting. The next file descriptor from the set might match the
event mask and thus any possible waits will never happen.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Reviewed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch introduces nf_conntrack_l4proto_find_get() and
nf_conntrack_l4proto_put() to fix module dependencies between
timeout objects and l4-protocol conntrack modules.
Thus, we make sure that the module cannot be removed if it is
used by any of the cttimeout objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull vfs pile 1 from Al Viro:
"This is _not_ all; in particular, Miklos' and Jan's stuff is not there
yet."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (64 commits)
ext4: initialization of ext4_li_mtx needs to be done earlier
debugfs-related mode_t whack-a-mole
hfsplus: add an ioctl to bless files
hfsplus: change finder_info to u32
hfsplus: initialise userflags
qnx4: new helper - try_extent()
qnx4: get rid of qnx4_bread/qnx4_getblk
take removal of PF_FORKNOEXEC to flush_old_exec()
trim includes in inode.c
um: uml_dup_mmap() relies on ->mmap_sem being held, but activate_mm() doesn't hold it
um: embed ->stub_pages[] into mmu_context
gadgetfs: list_for_each_safe() misuse
ocfs2: fix leaks on failure exits in module_init
ecryptfs: make register_filesystem() the last potential failure exit
ntfs: forgets to unregister sysctls on register_filesystem() failure
logfs: missing cleanup on register_filesystem() failure
jfs: mising cleanup on register_filesystem() failure
make configfs_pin_fs() return root dentry on success
configfs: configfs_create_dir() has parent dentry in dentry->d_parent
configfs: sanitize configfs_create()
...
Pull security subsystem updates for 3.4 from James Morris:
"The main addition here is the new Yama security module from Kees Cook,
which was discussed at the Linux Security Summit last year. Its
purpose is to collect miscellaneous DAC security enhancements in one
place. This also marks a departure in policy for LSM modules, which
were previously limited to being standalone access control systems.
Chromium OS is using Yama, and I believe there are plans for Ubuntu,
at least.
This patchset also includes maintenance updates for AppArmor, TOMOYO
and others."
Fix trivial conflict in <net/sock.h> due to the jumo_label->static_key
rename.
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (38 commits)
AppArmor: Fix location of const qualifier on generated string tables
TOMOYO: Return error if fails to delete a domain
AppArmor: add const qualifiers to string arrays
AppArmor: Add ability to load extended policy
TOMOYO: Return appropriate value to poll().
AppArmor: Move path failure information into aa_get_name and rename
AppArmor: Update dfa matching routines.
AppArmor: Minor cleanup of d_namespace_path to consolidate error handling
AppArmor: Retrieve the dentry_path for error reporting when path lookup fails
AppArmor: Add const qualifiers to generated string tables
AppArmor: Fix oops in policy unpack auditing
AppArmor: Fix error returned when a path lookup is disconnected
KEYS: testing wrong bit for KEY_FLAG_REVOKED
TOMOYO: Fix mount flags checking order.
security: fix ima kconfig warning
AppArmor: Fix the error case for chroot relative path name lookup
AppArmor: fix mapping of META_READ to audit and quiet flags
AppArmor: Fix underflow in xindex calculation
AppArmor: Fix dropping of allowed operations that are force audited
AppArmor: Add mising end of structure test to caps unpacking
...
Pull networking merge from David Miller:
"1) Move ixgbe driver over to purely page based buffering on receive.
From Alexander Duyck.
2) Add receive packet steering support to e1000e, from Bruce Allan.
3) Convert TCP MD5 support over to RCU, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Reduce cpu usage in handling out-of-order TCP packets on modern
systems, also from Eric Dumazet.
5) Support the IP{,V6}_UNICAST_IF socket options, making the wine
folks happy, from Erich Hoover.
6) Support VLAN trunking from guests in hyperv driver, from Haiyang
Zhang.
7) Support byte-queue-limtis in r8169, from Igor Maravic.
8) Outline code intended for IP_RECVTOS in IP_PKTOPTIONS existed but
was never properly implemented, Jiri Benc fixed that.
9) 64-bit statistics support in r8169 and 8139too, from Junchang Wang.
10) Support kernel side dump filtering by ctmark in netfilter
ctnetlink, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Support byte-queue-limits in gianfar driver, from Paul Gortmaker.
12) Add new peek socket options to assist with socket migration, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
13) Add sch_plug packet scheduler whose queue is controlled by
userland daemons using explicit freeze and release commands. From
Shriram Rajagopalan.
14) Fix FCOE checksum offload handling on transmit, from Yi Zou."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1846 commits)
Fix pppol2tp getsockname()
Remove printk from rds_sendmsg
ipv6: fix incorrent ipv6 ipsec packet fragment
cpsw: Hook up default ndo_change_mtu.
net: qmi_wwan: fix build error due to cdc-wdm dependecy
netdev: driver: ethernet: Add TI CPSW driver
netdev: driver: ethernet: add cpsw address lookup engine support
phy: add am79c874 PHY support
mlx4_core: fix race on comm channel
bonding: send igmp report for its master
fs_enet: Add MPC5125 FEC support and PHY interface selection
net: bpf_jit: fix BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH compilation
net: update the usage of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
fcoe: use CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_PARTIAL on tx
net: do not do gso for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in netif_needs_gso
ixgbe: Fix issues with SR-IOV loopback when flow control is disabled
net/hyperv: Fix the code handling tx busy
ixgbe: fix namespace issues when FCoE/DCB is not enabled
rtlwifi: Remove unused ETH_ADDR_LEN defines
igbvf: Use ETH_ALEN
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in drivers/isdn/gigaset/interface.c and
drivers/net/usb/{Kconfig,qmi_wwan.c} as per David.
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"Out of the 8 commits, one fixes a long-standing locking issue around
tasklist walking and others are cleanups."
* 'for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Walk task list under tasklist_lock in cgroup_enable_task_cg_list
cgroup: Remove wrong comment on cgroup_enable_task_cg_list()
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys argument from callbacks
cgroup: remove extra calls to find_existing_css_set
cgroup: replace tasklist_lock with rcu_read_lock
cgroup: simplify double-check locking in cgroup_attach_proc
cgroup: move struct cgroup_pidlist out from the header file
cgroup: remove cgroup_attach_task_current_cg()
The <linux/device.h> header includes a lot of stuff, and
it in turn gets a lot of use just for the basic "struct device"
which appears so often.
Clean up the users as follows:
1) For those headers only needing "struct device" as a pointer
in fcn args, replace the include with exactly that.
2) For headers not really using anything from device.h, simply
delete the include altogether.
3) For headers relying on getting device.h implicitly before
being included themselves, now explicitly include device.h
4) For files in which doing #1 or #2 uncovers an implicit
dependency on some other header, fix by explicitly adding
the required header(s).
Any C files that were implicitly relying on device.h to be
present have already been dealt with in advance.
Total removals from #1 and #2: 51. Total additions coming
from #3: 9. Total other implicit dependencies from #4: 7.
As of 3.3-rc1, there were 110, so a net removal of 42 gives
about a 38% reduction in device.h presence in include/*
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is intended to be the timestamp sent by the
peer in the beacon/probe response, not any form
of host timestamp. Clarify the documentation and
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) as appropriate.
Add "IPv4: ", "TCP: ", and "IPsec: " to appropriate files.
Standardize on "UDPLite: " for appropriate uses.
Some prefixes were previously "UDPLITE: " and "UDP-Lite: ".
Add KBUILD_MODNAME ": " to icmp and gre.
Remove embedded prefixes as appropriate.
Add missing "\n" to pr_info in gre.c.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Receive background scan period as part of connect
command and pass the same to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The following 4 functions:
move_addr_to_kernel
move_addr_to_user
verify_iovec
verify_compat_iovec
are always effectively called with a sockaddr_storage.
Make this explicit by changing their signature.
This removes a large number of casts from sockaddr_storage to sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lookup sctp_association within sctp_do_peeloff() to enable its use outside of
the sctp code with minimal knowledge of the former.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask
* fix order of entries to represent the structs' order
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we invalidate the inetpeer tree along with the routing cache now,
we don't need a genid to reset the redirect handling when the routing
cache is flushed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We initialize the routing metrics with the values cached on the
inetpeer in rt_init_metrics(). So if we have the metrics cached on the
inetpeer, we ignore the user configured fib_metrics.
To fix this issue, we replace the old tree with a fresh initialized
inet_peer_base. The old tree is removed later with a delayed work queue.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF_IUCV sockets offer a shutdown function. This patch makes sure
shutdown works for HS transport as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helps to find format mismatches at compile time
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This patch adds the timeout extension, which allows you to attach
specific timeout policies to flows.
This extension is only used by the template conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the infrastructure to add fine timeout tuning
over nfnetlink. Now you can use the NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK_TIMEOUT
subsystem to create/delete/dump timeout objects that contain some
specific timeout policy for one flow.
The follow up patches will allow you attach timeout policy object
to conntrack via the CT target and the conntrack extension
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines a new interface for l4 protocol trackers:
unsigned int *(*get_timeouts)(struct net *net);
that is used to return the array of unsigned int that contains
the timeouts that will be applied for this flow. This is passed
to the l4proto->new(...) and l4proto->packet(...) functions to
specify the timeout policy.
This interface allows per-net global timeout configuration
(although only DCCP supports this by now) and it will allow
custom custom timeout configuration by means of follow-up
patches.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to set expectfn which is specifically used
by the NAT side of most of the existing conntrack helpers.
I have added a symbol map that uses a string as key to look up for
the function that is attached to the expectation object. This is
the best solution I came out with to solve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When calling nfc_dep_link_up, we implicitely are in initiator mode.
Which means we also can provide the general bytes as a function argument,
as all drivers will eventually request them.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the
station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP
and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but
don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity
timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags
through which drivers can register their capability to use
the inactivity timeout to free the stations.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot to update the kernel-doc in my patch
to redesign AP mode APIs, fix that now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any
other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then
that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just
expecting it to be implicitly present.
We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these
headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have
been causing compile failures/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
{g|s}etnumtcs() today returns a u8 that is only used by the DCB code
to verify no error occurred. Today the driver implementations return
negative error codes which end up being non-zero so the logic works
out but triggers some sparse warnings.
To fix the sparse warnings convert the return value to an int.
CC: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag is of no use right now and is in fact harmful in that it
prevents the HCI_MGMT flag to be set for any controllers that may need
it after the first one that bluetoothd takes into use (the flag is
cleared for the first controller so any subsequent ones through the same
bluetoothd mgmt socket never get the HCI_MGMT flag set).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The index is part of the command header and not its parameters so it
makes sense to distinguish this from the invalid parameters error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/tg3.c
Conflicts in the statistics regression bug fix from 'net',
but happily Matt Carlson originally posted the fix against
'net-next' so I used that to resolve this.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L2CAP timeout constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These defines are shorter than "sizeof(struct mgmt_cp_foo_bar...)" and
will be helpful when extending the command lookup table to contain the
expected command size information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed channel mask needs to be stored to decide whether to
use A2MP for example. So far save only one relevant byte which
keeps all information we need.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There was an off-by-one error in the comments describing the
highest_sack field in struct tcp_sock. The comments previously claimed
that it was the "start sequence of the highest skb with SACKed
bit". This commit fixes the comments to note that it is the "start
sequence of the skb just *after* the highest skb with SACKed bit".
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds missing SSP and "Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR" feature bit
definitions to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
u8/__u8/u32/etc should be used in the kernel instead of stdint.h types.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c, one to change
the rx_buf->is_page boolean into a set of u16 flags, and another to
adjust how ->ip_summed is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unneeded method typedef declaration (icv_update_fn_t
) and the two struct declarations which appear in its prototype
(struct hash_desc and struct scatterlist) in net/xfrm.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marcell Zambo and Janos Farago noticed and reported that when
new conntrack entries are added via netlink and the conntrack table
gets full, soft lockup happens. This is because the nf_conntrack_lock
is held while nf_conntrack_alloc is called, which is in turn wants
to lock nf_conntrack_lock while evicting entries from the full table.
The patch fixes the soft lockup with limiting the holding of the
nf_conntrack_lock to the minimum, where it's absolutely required.
It required to extend (and thus change) nf_conntrack_hash_insert
so that it makes sure conntrack and ctnetlink do not add the same entry
twice to the conntrack table.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is useful for testing RX handling of frames with bad
CRCs.
Requires driver support to actually put the packet on the
wire properly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does
all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a
more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the
various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels.
Typical usage scenarios:
#include <linux/static_key.h>
struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE;
if (static_key_false(&key))
do unlikely code
else
do likely code
Or:
if (static_key_true(&key))
do likely code
else
do unlikely code
The static key is modified via:
static_key_slow_inc(&key);
...
static_key_slow_dec(&key);
The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an
expensive operation.
I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note
that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename
blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label
patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to
decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit.
On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to
likely()/unlikely() branches.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch adds a flag to track pending changes to the class of device.
This is needed since we cannot cleanly handle multiple simultaneous
commands and need to return a "busy" error status in the mgmt commands
that might trigger a class change.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Device Connected events to match the latest API
by adding a flags parameter to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes sure that legacy pairing vs SSP infomation gets
properly propageted to the device_found events in the form of the legacy
pairing flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the latest mgmt API there's a flags field instead of a
separate confirm_name paramter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's possible to provide a short name through the mgmt interface and
this name can be used for EIR generation when the full name doesn't fit
there. This patch adds the preliminary tracking of the provided short
name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are no events to other management sockets if the class of
device got changed. So make sure they are sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the Set LE mgmt command. Now, in
addition to the enable_le module parameter user space needs to send an
explicit Enable LE command to enable LE support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to enable SSP through mgmt even when
powered off. The setting will then get automatically actiated when
powering on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to change the Link Security setting while
powered off and have it automatically enabled when powering on a device.
To track the desired state once powered on a new HCI_LINK_SECURITY flag
is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Channel lock will be used to lock L2CAP channels which are locked
currently by socket locks.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask
is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that
certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application.
At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to
indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information
about the VFs belonging to the interface.
This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have
large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned
by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions.
Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with
the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will
not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel.
Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net
devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the
info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed
in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter
mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE.
With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink
attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one specifies where to start MSG_PEEK-ing queue data from. When
set to negative value means that MSG_PEEK works as ususally -- peeks
from the head of the queue always.
When some bytes are peeked from queue and the peeking offset is non
negative it is moved forward so that the next peek will return next
portion of data.
When non-peeking recvmsg occurs and the peeking offset is non negative
is is moved backward so that the next peek will still peek the proper
data (i.e. the one that would have been picked if there were no non
peeking recv in between).
The offset is set using per-proto opteration to let the protocol handle
the locking issues and to check whether the peeking offset feature is
supported by the protocol the socket belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it possible to toggle the connectable & discoverable
settings when powered off. Two new hdev->dev_flags flags are added to
track what the scan mode should be when the device is finally powered
on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The parameter list for setting the local name via management interface
was missing the short name parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds rudimentary support for the Set High Speed command in
the form of a new HCI dev flag (HCI_HS_ENABLED).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Discovering event. The
value matches that given to Start/Stop Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Stop Discovery command
which should match the value given to Start Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since neither High Speed (HS) nor Low Energy (LE) are fully implemented
yet, only expose them in supported settings when enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI monitor channel can be used to monitor all packets and events
from the Bluetooth subsystem. The monitor is not bound to any specific
HCI device and allows even capturing multiple devices at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI notifier handling was never used outside of Bluetooth core layer
and thus remove it and replace it with direct function calls. Also move
the stack internal event generation into the HCI socket layer.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bt_cb(skb)->channel was only needed to make hci_send_to_sock() be
used for HCI raw and control sockets. Since they have now separate sending
functions this is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sending functions for HCI raw and control sockets have nothing in
common except that they iterate over the socket list. Split them into
two so they can do their job more efficient. In addition the code becomes
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of having status paramters part of each individual command
response it's simpler to just have the status as part of the command
complete header. This patch updates the code to follow this convention
and thereby also ensures compliance with the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In accordance to the latest mgmt API specification the opcode comes
first and then the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds interleaved discovery support to MGMT Start
Discovery command.
In case interleaved discovery is not supported (not a dual mode
device), we perform BR/EDR or LE-only discovery according to the
device capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch merges DISCOVERY_INQUIRY and DISCOVERY_LE_SCAN states
into a new state called DISCOVERY_FINDING.
From the discovery perspective, we are pretty much worried about
to know just if we are finding devices than what exactly phase of
"finding devices" (inquiry or LE scan) we are currently running.
Besides, to know if the controller is performing inquiry or LE scan
we should check HCI_INQUIRY or HCI_LE_SCAN bits in hdev flags.
Moreover, merging this two states will simplify the discovery state
machine and will keep interleaved discovery implementation simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to struct discovery_state the field 'type' so that
we can track the discovery type the device is performing.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch does some code refactoring in start_discovery function
in order to prepare it for interleaved discovery support.
MGMT_ADDR_* macros were moved to hci_core.h since they are now used
to define discovery type macros.
Discovery type macros were defined according to mgmt-api.txt
specification:
Possible values for the Type parameter are a bit-wise or of the
following bits:
1 BR/EDR
2 LE Public
3 LE Random
By combining these e.g. the following values are possible:
1 BR/EDR
6 LE (public & random)
7 BR/EDR/LE (interleaved discovery)
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the appropriate Intel copyright to mgmt files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the confirm name command to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes address types for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the PIN code messages to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type wherever there's an address
present. This patch updates the link key messages to match it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use state_to_string function in debug statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Function state_to_string will be used in other files in debug
statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Use specific logging functions instead of a generic
bt_printk function can save some text.
Remove now unused bt_printk function.
Add compatibility BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros.
(compiled x86 and defconfig with bluetooth and all bluetooth drivers)
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
381662 20072 100416 502150 7a986 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
382463 20072 100400 502935 7ac97 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
126635 1388 132 128155 1f49b net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
127175 1388 132 128695 1f6b7 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
$ size drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o*
127575 8976 29476 166027 2888b drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
129512 8976 29516 168004 29044 drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
52998 3292 156 56446 dc7e drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
54358 3292 156 57806 e1ce drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set SSP mgmt command can be used for enabling and disabling Secure
Simple Pairing support for controllers that support it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set Link Security mgmt command is used to enable or disable link
level security, also known as Security Mode 3. This is rarely enabled in
modern systems but the command needs to be available for completeness,
qualification purposes and those few systems that actually want to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the Read Supported Commands mgmt command which was
recently added to the API specification. It returns a list of supported
commands and events to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This avoids using the dev_set/get_drvdata() functions to retrieve a
pointer to our own structure. We can use simple pointer arithmetic here.
The drvdata field is actually not needed by any other code-path but this
makes the code more consistent with hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The linux device model provides dev_set/get_drvdata so we can use this
to save private driver data.
This also removes several unnecessary casts.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We currently use dev_set_drvdata to keep a pointer to ourself. This
doesn't make sense as we are the bus and not a driver. Therefore,
introduce to_hci_dev() so we can get a struct hci_dev pointer from a
struct device pointer.
dev_set/get_drvdata() is reserved for drivers that provide a device and
not for the bus using the device. The bus can use simple pointer
arithmetic to retrieve its private data.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch add a new Device Unpaired mgmt event. This will be sent to
all mgmt sockets except the one that requested unpairing (that socket
will get a command complete instead). The event is also reserved for
future SMP updates where a remote device will be able to request pairing
revocation from us.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Authentication Failed mgmt event to match the
latest API specification by adding an address type to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implmentation for mgmt_block_device and
mgmt_unblock_device and their corresponding events to match the latest
API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implementation for these mgmt to be up to date
with the latest API specification. Right now the address type isn't
actually used for anything but that might change in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch upadate the user confirm and user passkey mgmt messages to
match the latest API specification by adding an address type parameter
to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the disconnect command and
response in order to match the latest mgmt API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the mgmt_remove_keys command to mgmt_unpair_device
and updates its parameters to match the latest API (specifically, it
adds an address type parameter to the command and its response).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We are not supposed to block in start_discovery() because
start_discovery code is running in write() syscall context
and this would block the write operation on the mgmt socket.
This way, we cannot directly call hci_do_le_scan() to scan
LE devices in start_discovery(). To overcome this issue a
derefered work (hdev->le_scan) was created so we can properly
call hci_do_le_scan().
The helper function hci_le_scan() simply set LE scan parameters
and queue hdev->le_scan work. The work is queued on system_long_wq
since it can sleep for a few seconds in the worst case (timeout).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_do_le_scan function which
should be used to scan LE devices.
In order to enable LE scan, hci_do_le_scan() sends commands (Set
LE Scan Parameters and Set LE Scan Enable) to the controller and
waits for its results. If commands were executed successfully a
delayed work is scheduled to disable the ongoing scanning after
some amount of time. This function blocks.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Send MGMT Discovering events once LE scan starts/stops so the
userspace can track when local adapters are discovering LE devices.
This way, we also keep the same behavior of inquiry which sends MGMT
Discovering events once inquiry starts/stops even if it is triggered
by an external tool (e.g. hcitool).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the use of the new structures and lists for the SMP LTK's
we may remove some code that is now unused. No need to have extra
fields of information inside link_key now that it is only used
for Link Keys.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds a method to notify that a new LTK is available and
a handler to store keys coming from userspace into the kernel LTK
list.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This updates all the users of the older way, that was using the
link_keys list to store the SMP keys, to use the new way.
This includes defining new types for the keys, we have a type for each
combination of STK/LTK and Master/Slave.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This includes a new list for storing the keys and a new structure used
to represent each key.
Some notes: authenticated is used to identify that the key may be used
to setup a HIGH security link. As the same list is used to store both
the STK's and the LTK's the type field is used so we can separate
between those two types of keys and if the key should be used when
in the master or slave role.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements the Cancel Pair Device command for mgmt. It's used
by user space to cancel an ongoing pairing attempt which was triggered
by the Pair Device command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the opcodes for mgmt commands and events to match the
latest user space API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes clear that this is the size of the key used to
encrypt the link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This defines two new messages, one event that will inform
userspace that a new Long Term Key was exchanged and one that
will allow userspace to load LTKs into the kernel.
Besides the information necessary for the restablishement of
the secure link, we added some extra information: "authenticated"
that informs if the key can be used to establish an authenticated
link, and "master" that informs the role in that the key should
be used.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It's a very common test to see if both the local and the remote device
have SSP enabled. By creating a simple function to test this we can
shorten many if-statements in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp_mode is essentially just a boolean so it's more appropriate to
have it simply as a flag in hdev->dev_flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the flags member of struct hci_conn is supposed to accommodate
any boolean type values we can easily merge all boolean members into it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates mgmt_ev_device_connected and mgmt_ev_device found to
include an EIR-encoded remote name and class whenever possible. With
this addition the mgmt_ev_remote_name event becomes unnecessary and can
be removed. Since the connected event doesn't map to hci_conn_complete
anymore a HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED flag is added to track when mgmt has
been notified about a connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev->out variable is essentially a boolean so the type 'bool' makes
more sense than u8.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These flags can and will be used for more general purpose values than
just pending state transitions so the more common name "flags" makes
more sense than "pend".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to have a separate device class field since the same
information can be encoded into the EIR data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes the function accessible from all places it's needed (e.g.
mgmt.c and hci_event.c).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds missing EIR defines (as specified in the Bluetooth
Assigned Numbers document) to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch add a two byte eir_len parameter mgmt_ev_device_found. Since
it's unlikely that the data will in the short term be much bigger than
conventional EIR lengths just use a small stack based buffer for now to
avoid dynamic memory allocation & freeing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
User space uses device_(dis)connected instead of just (dis)connected so
rename the defines and functions to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new parameter to mgmt_device_found() to inform
the length of 'eir' pointer.
EIR data from LE advertising report event doesn't have a fixed length
as EIR data from extended inquiry result event does. We needed to
change mgmt_device_found() so it copies 'eir_len' bytes instead of
HCI_MAX_EIR_LENGTH.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is usefull when need to make action after timer was cleared
depending on if it was running or not.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Fix the following build warning:
CC [M] net/bluetooth/hci_core.o
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587: warning: return from incompatible pointer type
module_param in hci_core.c passes 'enable_hs' as bool format, so fix
this variable definition type.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that devices with stronger signal (RSSI closer to
0) are sorted first in the resolve list and will therefore get their
names resolved first during device discovery. Since it's more likely
that the device the user is trying to discover has a strong signal due
to its proximity this ensures that the user gets the "device found"
event for it more quickly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no point in exposing these to user-space (which is what happens
to everything in hdev->flags) so move them to dev_flags instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we remove the owner field of hci_dev hci_dev_put and __hci_dev_put
do the same so we can merge them into one function. Same for
hci_dev_hold and __hci_dev_hold.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_dev->dev device structure has an internal refcount. This
refcount is used to protect the whole hci_dev object. However, we
currently do not use it. Therefore, if someone calls hci_free_dev() we
currently immediately destroy the hci_dev object because we never took
the device refcount.
This even happens if the hci_dev->refcnt is not 0. In fact, the
hci_dev->refcnt is totally useless in its current state. Therefore, we
simply remove hci_dev->refcnt and instead use hci_dev->dev refcnt.
This fixes all the symptoms and also correctly integrates the device
structure into our bluetooth bus system.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After unregistering an hci_dev object a bluetooth driver does not have
any callbacks in the hci_dev structure left over. Therefore, there is no
need to keep a reference to the module.
Previously, we needed this to protect the hci-destruct callback.
However, this callback is no longer available so we do not need this
owner field, anymore. Drivers now call hci_unregister_dev() and they
are done with the object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci-destruct callback is not used by any driver so we can remove it.
There is no reason to keep it alive, anymore. Drivers can free their
internal data on driver-release and we do not need to provide a public
destruct callback.
Internally, we still use a destruct callback inside of hci_sysfs.c. This
one is used to correctly free our hci_dev data structure if no more
users have a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Several drivers already provide an empty callback so we can actually
make this optional and then remove all those empty callbacks in the
drivers.
This callback isn't needed at all by most drivers as they can remove
their allocated structures on device disconnect and not on hci
destruction.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds HCI_ACL_TX_TIMEOUT and clear conversion from msec to jiffies
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds support for Number Of Completed Data Blocks Event.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the necessary logic to perform name lookups after
inquiry completes. This is done by checking for entries in the resolve
list after each inquiry complete and remote name complete HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper state tracking to the device discovery process.
This makes it possible to return appropriate errors when trying to stop
a non-active discovery or start discovery when it is already ongoing.
Once name resolving is implemented this also makes it possible to know
what the right action to do is when a remote name lookup is cancelled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This struct is used for not just inquiry caching but also for general
device discovery state tracking so it's better to rename it to something
more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If user-space has already confirmed the name for a remote device we
shouldn't request confirmation again. The simplest way to do this is to
return the name state from hci_inquiry_cache_update (if it is anything
else than unknown then we do not need confirmation from user-space).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds initial support for mgmt_confirm_name. It adds the
necessary tracking of the name state by extending the inquiry cache. The
actual name resolving operation (to be done once inquiry is finished) is
not yet part of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The EIR defines are needed also outside of mgmt.c (e.g. in hci_event.c
to check if EIR data has the complete name) so it's better to have them
in a single public place, i.e. hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes it possible to use the convenience functions provided for
standard kernel list types and it also makes it easier to extend the use
of the cache for the management interface where e.g. name resolving
control will be needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, it is not easily possible to get TOS/DSCP value of packets from
an incoming TCP stream. The mechanism is there, IP_PKTOPTIONS getsockopt
with IP_RECVTOS set, the same way as incoming TTL can be queried. This is
not actually implemented for TOS, though.
This patch adds this functionality, both for IPv4 (IP_PKTOPTIONS) and IPv6
(IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS). For IPv4, like in the IP_RECVTTL case, the value of
the TOS field is stored from the other party's ACK.
This is needed for proxies which require DSCP transparency. One such example
is at http://zph.bratcheda.org/.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the netprio_cgroup module is not loaded, net_prio_subsys_id
is -1, and so sock_update_prioidx() accesses cgroup_subsys array
with negative index subsys[-1].
Make the code resembles cls_cgroup code, which is bug free.
Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For HS transport the maximum message size depends on the MTU-size
of the HS-device bound to the AF_IUCV socket. This patch adds a
getsockopt option MSGSIZE returning the maximum message size that
can be handled for this AF_IUCV socket.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch saves the net_device in the iucv_sock structure during
bind in order to fasten skb sending.
In addition some other small improvements are made for HS transport:
- error checking when sending skbs
- locking changes in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
- skb freeing in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
And finally it contains code cleanup to get rid of iucv_skb_queue_purge.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP_UNICAST_IF feature is needed by the Wine project. This patch
implements the feature by setting the outgoing interface in a similar
fashion to that of IP_MULTICAST_IF. A separate option is needed to
handle this feature since the existing options do not provide all of
the characteristics required by IP_UNICAST_IF, a summary is provided
below.
SO_BINDTODEVICE:
* SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative privileges, IP_UNICAST_IF
does not. From reading some old mailing list articles my
understanding is that SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative
privileges because it can override the administrator's routing
settings.
* The SO_BINDTODEVICE option restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic, IP_UNICAST_IF only impacts outbound traffic.
IP_PKTINFO:
* Since IP_PKTINFO and IP_UNICAST_IF are independent options,
implementing IP_UNICAST_IF with IP_PKTINFO will likely break some
applications.
* Implementing IP_UNICAST_IF on top of IP_PKTINFO significantly
complicates the Wine codebase and reduces the socket performance
(doing this requires a lot of extra communication between the
"server" and "user" layers).
bind():
* bind() does not work on broadcast packets, IP_UNICAST_IF is
specifically intended to work with broadcast packets.
* Like SO_BINDTODEVICE, bind() restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Erich E. Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.
(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)
Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference
to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the
old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's
not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
(based on Eliad's patch)
Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.
To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.
This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eric Dumazet found that commit 813b3b5db8
(ipv4: Use caller's on-stack flowi as-is in output
route lookups.) that comes in 3.0 added a regression.
The problem appears to be that resulting flowi4_oif is
used incorrectly as input parameter to some routing lookups.
The result is that when connecting to local port without
listener if the IP address that is used is not on a loopback
interface we incorrectly assign RTN_UNICAST to the output
route because no route is matched by oif=lo. The RST packet
can not be sent immediately by tcp_v4_send_reset because
it expects RTN_LOCAL.
So, change ip_route_connect and ip_route_newports to
update the flowi4 fields that are input parameters because
we do not want unnecessary binding to oif.
To make it clear what are the input parameters that
can be modified during lookup and to show which fields of
floiw4 are reused add a new function to update the flowi4
structure: flowi4_update_output.
Thanks to Yurij M. Plotnikov for providing a bug report including a
program to reproduce the problem.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for tracking the problem down to
tcp_v4_send_reset and providing initial fix.
Reported-by: Yurij M. Plotnikov <Yurij.Plotnikov@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement RX flip buffer in the cfhsi_rx_done function,
piggy-backed frames is also supported.
This gives a significant performance gain for CAIF over HSI.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument is not used at all, and it's not necessary, because
a specific callback handler of course knows which subsys it
belongs to.
Now only ->pupulate() takes this argument, because the handlers of
this callback always call cgroup_add_file()/cgroup_add_files().
So we reduce a few lines of code, though the shrinking of object size
is minimal.
16 files changed, 113 insertions(+), 162 deletions(-)
text data bss dec hex filename
5486240 656987 7039960 13183187 c928d3 vmlinux.o.orig
5486170 656987 7039960 13183117 c9288d vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
It went from unused, to commented out, and never changing after
that.
Just get rid of it, if someone wants it they can unearth it from
the history.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of our machines were reporting:
TCP: too many of orphaned sockets
even when the number of orphaned sockets was well below the
limit.
We print a different message depending on whether we're out
of TCP memory or there are too many orphaned sockets.
Also move the check out of line and cleanup the messages
that were printed.
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Suggested-by: Mohan Srinivasan <mohan@fb.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes sure we use appropriate memory barriers before
publishing tp->md5sig_info, allowing tcp_md5_do_lookup() being used from
tcp_v4_send_reset() without holding socket lock (upcoming patch from
Shawn Lu)
Note we also need to respect rcu grace period before its freeing, since
we can free socket without this grace period thanks to
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to support proper RST messages for TCP MD5 flows, we
need to allow access to MD5 keys without locking listener socket.
This conversion is a nice cleanup, and shrinks size of timewait sockets
by 80 bytes.
IPv6 code reuses generic code found in IPv4 instead of duplicating it.
Control path uses GFP_KERNEL allocations instead of GFP_ATOMIC.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer use md5_add() method from struct tcp_sock_af_ops
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
text data bss dec hex filename
8455963 532732 1810804 10799499 a4c98b vmlinux.o.before
8448899 532732 1810804 10792435 a4adf3 vmlinux.o
This change also removes commented-out copy of __nlmsg_put
which was last touched in 2005 with "Enable once all users
have been converted" comment on top.
Changes in v2: rediffed against net-next.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <vda.linux@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl_tcp_mem() initialization was moved to sysctl_tcp_ipv4.c
in commit 3dc43e3e4d, since it
became a per-ns value.
That code, however, will never run when CONFIG_SYSCTL is
disabled, leading to bogus values on those fields - causing hung
TCP sockets.
This patch fixes it by keeping an initialization code in
tcp_init(). It will be overwritten by the first net namespace
init if CONFIG_SYSCTL is compiled in, and do the right thing if
it is compiled out.
It is also named properly as tcp_init_mem(), to properly signal
its non-sysctl side effect on TCP limits.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4F22D05A.8030604@parallels.com
[ renamed the function, tidied up the changelog a bit ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition net_generic should never be called when it can return
NULL. Fail conspicously with a BUG_ON to make it clear when people mess
up that a NULL return should never happen.
Recently there was a bug in the CAIF subsystem where it was registered
with register_pernet_device instead of register_pernet_subsys. It was
erroneously concluded that net_generic could validly return NULL and
that net_assign_generic was buggy (when it was just inefficient).
Hopefully this BUG_ON will prevent people to coming to similar erroneous
conclusions in the futrue.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type'
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 36a1211970 removed linux/module.h
include statement from one of the headers that end up in net/sock.h.
It was providing us with static_branch() definition implicitly, so
after its removal the build got broken.
To fix this, and avoid having this happening in the future,
let me do the right thing and include linux/jump_label.h
explicitly in sock.h.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davem says:
1) Fix JIT code generation on x86-64 for divide by zero, from Eric Dumazet.
2) tg3 header length computation correction from Eric Dumazet.
3) More build and reference counting fixes for socket memory cgroup
code from Glauber Costa.
4) module.h snuck back into a core header after all the hard work we
did to remove that, from Paul Gortmaker and Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
5) Fix PHY naming regression and add some new PCI IDs in stmmac, from
Alessandro Rubini.
6) Netlink message generation fix in new team driver, should only advertise
the entries that changed during events, from Jiri Pirko.
7) SRIOV VF registration and unregistration fixes, and also add a
missing PCI ID, from Roopa Prabhu.
8) Fix infinite loop in tx queue flush code of brcmsmac, from Stanislaw Gruszka.
9) ftgmac100/ftmac100 build fix, missing interrupt.h include.
10) Memory leak fix in net/hyperv do_set_mutlicast() handling, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Off by one fix in netem packet scheduler, from Vijay Subramanian.
12) TCP loss detection fix from Yuchung Cheng.
13) TCP reset packet MD5 calculation uses wrong address, fix from Shawn Lu.
14) skge carrier assertion and DMA mapping fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
15) Congestion recovery undo performed at the wrong spot in BIC and CUBIC
congestion control modules, fix from Neal Cardwell.
16) Ethtool ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO is unnecessarily restrictive, from Michał Mirosław.
17) Fix triggerable race in ipv6 sysctl handling, from Francesco Ruggeri.
18) Statistics bug fixes in mlx4 from Eugenia Emantayev.
19) rds locking bug fix during info dumps, from your's truly.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (67 commits)
rds: Make rds_sock_lock BH rather than IRQ safe.
netprio_cgroup.h: dont include module.h from other includes
net: flow_dissector.c missing include linux/export.h
team: send only changed options/ports via netlink
net/hyperv: fix possible memory leak in do_set_multicast()
drivers/net: dsa/mv88e6xxx.c files need linux/module.h
stmmac: added PCI identifiers
llc: Fix race condition in llc_ui_recvmsg
stmmac: fix phy naming inconsistency
dsa: Add reporting of silicon revision for Marvell 88E6123/88E6161/88E6165 switches.
tg3: fix ipv6 header length computation
skge: add byte queue limit support
mv643xx_eth: Add Rx Discard and Rx Overrun statistics
bnx2x: fix compilation error with SOE in fw_dump
bnx2x: handle CHIP_REVISION during init_one
bnx2x: allow user to change ring size in ISCSI SD mode
bnx2x: fix Big-Endianess in ethtool -t
bnx2x: fixed ethtool statistics for MF modes
bnx2x: credit-leakage fixup on vlan_mac_del_all
macvlan: fix a possible use after free
...
A considerable effort was invested in wiping out module.h
from being present in all the other standard includes. This
one leaked back in, but once again isn't strictly necessary,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to select between multiple targets in NCI.
If only one target is found, it will be auto-activated.
If more than one target is found, then DISCOVER_NTF will be
generated for each target, and the host should select one by
calling DISCOVER_SELECT_CMD. Then, the target will be activated.
If the activation fails, GENERIC_ERROR_NTF is generated.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC core layer should not set the target_idx.
Instead, the driver layer (e.g. NCI, PN533) should set the
target_idx, so that it will be able to identify the target
when its I/F (e.g. activate_target) is called.
This is required in order to support multiple targets.
Note that currently supported drivers (PN533 and NCI) don't
use the target_idx in their implementation.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make a clear separation between NCI states and flags.
This is required in order to support more NCI states (e.g.
for multiple targets support).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add NCI data exchange timer to catch timeouts,
and call the data exchange callback with an error.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export new attributes sensb_res for tech B and sensf_res
for tech F in the target info (returned as a response to
NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
The max size of the attributes nfcid1, sensb_res and sensf_res
is exported to user space though include/linux/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device
allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum
power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain
minus power constraint.
The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of
transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16
IEEE802.11 2007).
The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the
local maximum transmit power.
The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current
Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented.
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Increase NCI deactivate timeout from 5 sec to 30 sec.
NCI deactivate procedure might take a long time,
depending on the local and remote parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type'
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fixes:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587:1: warning: return from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a case in __sk_mem_schedule(), where an allocation
is beyond the maximum, but yet we are allowed to proceed.
It happens under the following condition:
sk->sk_wmem_queued + size >= sk->sk_sndbuf
The network code won't revert the allocation in this case,
meaning that at some point later it'll try to do it. Since
this is never communicated to the underlying res_counter
code, there is an inbalance in res_counter uncharge operation.
I see two ways of fixing this:
1) storing the information about those allocations somewhere
in memcg, and then deducting from that first, before
we start draining the res_counter,
2) providing a slightly different allocation function for
the res_counter, that matches the original behavior of
the network code more closely.
I decided to go for #2 here, believing it to be more elegant,
since #1 would require us to do basically that, but in a more
obscure way.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is still a build bug with the sock memcg code, that triggers
with !CONFIG_NET, that survived my series of randconfig builds.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:372): No description found for parameter 'sk_cgrp_prioidx'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=2 CF="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__" M=net
And fix flowi4_init_output() prototype for sport
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
pptp: Accept packet with seq zero
RDS: Remove some unused iWARP code
net: fsl: fec: handle 10Mbps speed in RMII mode
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c: add missing iounmap
drivers/net/ethernet/tundra/tsi108_eth.c: add missing iounmap
ksz884x: fix mtu for VLAN
net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ
dp83640: Fix NOHZ local_softirq_pending 08 warning
gianfar: Fix invalid TX frames returned on error queue when time stamping
gianfar: Fix missing sock reference when processing TX time stamps
phylib: introduce mdiobus_alloc_size()
net: decrement memcg jump label when limit, not usage, is changed
net: reintroduce missing rcu_assign_pointer() calls
inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req_compat into inet_diag_req
inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req into inet_diag_req_v2
bond_alb: don't disable softirq under bond_alb_xmit
mac80211: fix rx->key NULL pointer dereference in promiscuous mode
nl80211: fix old station flags compatibility
mdio-octeon: use an unique MDIO bus name.
mdio-gpio: use an unique MDIO bus name.
...
Adds an optional Random Early Detection on each SFQ flow queue.
Traditional SFQ limits count of packets, while RED permits to also
control number of bytes per flow, and adds ECN capability as well.
1) We dont handle the idle time management in this RED implementation,
since each 'new flow' begins with a null qavg. We really want to address
backlogged flows.
2) if headdrop is selected, we try to ecn mark first packet instead of
currently enqueued packet. This gives faster feedback for tcp flows
compared to traditional RED [ marking the last packet in queue ]
Example of use :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 4sec sfq \
limit 3000 headdrop flows 512 divisor 16384 \
redflowlimit 100000 min 8000 max 60000 probability 0.20 ecn
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
ewma 6 min 8000b max 60000b probability 0.2 ecn
prob_mark 0 prob_mark_head 4876 prob_drop 6131
forced_mark 0 forced_mark_head 0 forced_drop 0
Sent 1175211782 bytes 777537 pkt (dropped 6131, overlimits 11007
requeues 0)
rate 99483Kbit 8219pps backlog 689392b 456p requeues 0
In this test, with 64 netperf TCP_STREAM sessions, 50% using ECN enabled
flows, we can see number of packets CE marked is smaller than number of
drops (for non ECN flows)
If same test is run, without RED, we can check backlog is much bigger.
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
Sent 1148683617 bytes 795006 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 98429Kbit 8521pps backlog 1221290b 841p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: iattr_valid flags are kernel internal flags map them to 9p values.
fs/9p: We should not allocate a new inode when creating hardlines.
fs/9p: v9fs_stat2inode should update suid/sgid bits.
9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG
fs/9p: check schedule_timeout_interruptible return value
Fix up trivial conflicts in fs/9p/{vfs_inode.c,vfs_inode_dotl.c} due to
debug messages having changed to use p9_debug() on one hand, and the
changes for umode_t on the other.
* 'for-3.3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
percpu: Remove irqsafe_cpu_xxx variants
Fix up conflict in arch/x86/include/asm/percpu.h due to clash with
cebef5beed ("x86: Fix and improve percpu_cmpxchg{8,16}b_double()")
which edited the (now removed) irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg*_double code.
so move it there. Fixes build errors when CONFIG_INET is not defined:
In file included from include/linux/tcp.h:211:0,
from include/linux/ipv6.h:221,
from include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:26,
from include/linux/nfs_fs.h:50,
from init/do_mounts.c:20:
include/net/sock.h: In function 'sk_update_clone':
include/net/sock.h:1109:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'sock_update_memcg' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (53 commits)
Kconfig: acpi: Fix typo in comment.
misc latin1 to utf8 conversions
devres: Fix a typo in devm_kfree comment
btrfs: free-space-cache.c: remove extra semicolon.
fat: Spelling s/obsolate/obsolete/g
SCSI, pmcraid: Fix spelling error in a pmcraid_err() call
tools/power turbostat: update fields in manpage
mac80211: drop spelling fix
types.h: fix comment spelling for 'architectures'
typo fixes: aera -> area, exntension -> extension
devices.txt: Fix typo of 'VMware'.
sis900: Fix enum typo 'sis900_rx_bufer_status'
decompress_bunzip2: remove invalid vi modeline
treewide: Fix comment and string typo 'bufer'
hyper-v: Update MAINTAINERS
treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments.
clockevents: drop unknown Kconfig symbol GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIGR
gpio: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol 'CS5535_GPIO'
leds: Kconfig: Fix typo 'D2NET_V2'
sound: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol ARCH_CLPS7500
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/powerpc/platforms/40x/Kconfig (some new
kconfig additions, close to removed commented-out old ones)
Sockets can also be created through sock_clone. Because it copies
all data in the sock structure, it also copies the memcg-related pointer,
and all should be fine. However, since we now use reference counts in
socket creation, we are left with some sockets that have no reference
counts. It matters when we destroy them, since it leads to a mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the red_parms structure into two components.
One holding the RED 'constant' parameters, and one containing the
variables.
This permits a size reduction of GRED qdisc, and is a preliminary step
to add an optional RED unit to SFQ.
SFQRED will have a single red_parms structure shared by all flows, and a
private red_vars per flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce object size by deduplicating formats.
Use vsprintf extension %pV.
Rename P9_DPRINTK uses to p9_debug, align arguments.
Add function for _p9_debug and macro to add __func__.
Add missing "\n"s to p9_debug uses.
Remove embedded function names as p9_debug adds it.
Remove P9_EPRINTK macro and convert use to pr_<level>.
Add and use pr_fmt and pr_<level>.
$ size fs/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62133 984 16000 79117 1350d fs/9p/built-in.o.new
67342 984 16928 85254 14d06 fs/9p/built-in.o.old
$ size net/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
88792 4148 22024 114964 1c114 net/9p/built-in.o.new
94072 4148 23232 121452 1da6c net/9p/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Recently Dave noticed that a test we did in ipv6_add_addr to see if we next hop
route for the interface we're adding an addres to was wrong (see commit
7ffbcecbee). for one, it never triggers, and two,
it was completely wrong to begin with. This test was meant to cover this
section of RFC 4429:
3.3 Modifications to RFC 2462 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration
* (modifies section 5.5) A host MAY choose to configure a new address
as an Optimistic Address. A host that does not know the SLLAO
of its router SHOULD NOT configure a new address as Optimistic.
A router SHOULD NOT configure an Optimistic Address.
This patch should bring us into proper compliance with the above clause. Since
we only add a SLAAC address after we've received a RA which may or may not
contain a source link layer address option, we can pass a pointer to that option
to addrconf_prefix_rcv (which may be null if the option is not present), and
only set the optimistic flag if the option was found in the RA.
Change notes:
(v2) modified the new parameter to addrconf_prefix_rcv to be a bool rather than
a pointer to make its use more clear as per request from davem.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfcid1 is the NFC-A identifier.
It is exported as an attribute of the target info
(returned as a response to NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for NCI Interface Error Notification.
When this notification is received and we're during a
data exchange transaction, indicate an error to the NFC
core layer via the data exchange callback.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion, and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses, and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch renames hdev->extfeatures to hdev->host_features since it
holds the extended features Page 1 (aka host features).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We should not forget to try for real server with port 0
in the backup server when processing the sync message. We should
do it in all cases because the backup server can use different
forwarding method.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During some debugging I needed to look into how /proc/net/ipv6_route
operated and in my digging I found its calling fib6_clean_all() which uses
"write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock)" before doing the walk of the table. I
found this on 2.6.32, but reading the code I believe the same basic idea
exists currently. Looking at the rtnetlink code they are only calling
"read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock);" via fib6_dump_table(). While I realize
reading from proc isn't the recommended way of fetching the ipv6 route
table; taking a write lock seems unnecessary and would probably cause
network performance issues.
To verify this I loaded up the ipv6 route table and then ran iperf in 3
cases:
* doing nothing
* reading ipv6 route table via proc
(while :; do cat /proc/net/ipv6_route > /dev/null; done)
* reading ipv6 route table via rtnetlink
(while :; do ip -6 route show table all > /dev/null; done)
* Load the ipv6 route table up with:
* for ((i = 0;i < 4000;i++)); do ip route add unreachable 2000::$i; done
* iperf commands:
* client: iperf -i 1 -V -c <ipv6 addr>
* server: iperf -V -s
* iperf results - 3 runs each (in Mbits/sec)
* nothing: client: 927,927,927 server: 927,927,927
* proc: client: 179,97,96,113 server: 142,112,133
* iproute: client: 928,927,928 server: 927,927,927
lock_stat shows taking the write lock is causing the slowdown. Using this
info I decided to write a version of fib6_clean_all() which replaces
write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock) with read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock). With
this new function I see the same results as with my rtnetlink iperf test.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <joshhunt00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tcp diag reports rqlen and wqlen values similar to how
the CINQ/COUTQ iotcls do. To make unix diag report these values
in the same way move the respective code into helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just obscures that the netdevice pointer and the expires value are
implemented in the dst_entry sub-object of the ipv6 route.
And it makes grepping for dst_entry member uses much harder too.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, create and use an rt6_bind_neighbour() in net/ipv6/route.c to
consolidate some common logic.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to perform a proper universal hash on a vector of integers,
we have to use different universal hashes on each vector element.
Which means we need 4 different hash randoms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c
Just two overlapping changes, one added an initialization of
a local variable, and another change added a new local variable.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NAT range to nlattr conversation callbacks and helpers are entirely
dead code and are also useless since there are no NAT ranges in conntrack
context, they are only used for initially selecting a tuple. The final NAT
information is contained in the selected tuples of the conntrack entry.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The only remaining user of NAT protocol module reference counting is NAT
ctnetlink support. Since this is a fairly short sequence of code, convert
over to use RCU and remove module reference counting.
Module unregistration is already protected by RCU using synchronize_rcu(),
so no further changes are necessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Export the NAT definitions to userspace. So far userspace (specifically,
iptables) has been copying the headers files from include/net. Also
rename some structures and definitions in preparation for IPv6 NAT.
Since these have never been officially exported, this doesn't affect
existing userspace code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This partially reworks bc01befdcf
which added userspace expectation support.
This patch removes the nf_ct_userspace_expect_list since now we
force to use the new iptables CT target feature to add the helper
extension for conntracks that have attached expectations from
userspace.
A new version of the proof-of-concept code to implement userspace
helpers from userspace is available at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-POC.tar.bz2
This patch also modifies the CT target to allow to set the
conntrack's userspace helper status flags. This flag is used
to tell the conntrack system to explicitly allocate the helper
extension.
This helper extension is useful to link the userspace expectations
with the master conntrack that is being tracked from one userspace
helper.
This feature fixes a problem in the current approach of the
userspace helper support. Basically, if the master conntrack that
has got a userspace expectation vanishes, the expectations point to
one invalid memory address. Thus, triggering an oops in the
expectation deletion event path.
I decided not to add a new revision of the CT target because
I only needed to add a new flag for it. I'll document in this
issue in the iptables manpage. I have also changed the return
value from EINVAL to EOPNOTSUPP if one flag not supported is
specified. Thus, in the future adding new features that only
require a new flag can be added without a new revision.
There is no official code using this in userspace (apart from
the proof-of-concept) that uses this infrastructure but there
will be some by beginning 2012.
Reported-by: Sam Roberts <vieuxtech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb->truesize might be big even for a small packet.
Its even bigger after commit 87fb4b7b53 (net: more accurate skb
truesize) and big MTU.
We should allow queueing at least one packet per receiver, even with a
low RCVBUF setting.
Reported-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They don't need to disable interrupts anymore, we only run in process
context now.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We simply say that regular this_cpu use must be safe regardless of
preemption and interrupt state. That has no material change for x86
and s390 implementations of this_cpu operations. However, arches that
do not provide their own implementation for this_cpu operations will
now get code generated that disables interrupts instead of preemption.
-tj: This is part of on-going percpu API cleanup. For detailed
discussion of the subject, please refer to the following thread.
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1222078
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <alpine.DEB.2.00.1112221154380.11787@router.home>
To achive Man-In-The-Middle (MITM) level security with Low Energy,
we have to enable User Passkey Comparison. This commit modifies the
hard-coded JUST-WORKS pairing mechanism to support query via the MGMT
interface of Passkey comparison and User Confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann<marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The struct hci_proto and all related register/unregister and dispatching
code was removed. HCI core code now call directly the SCO and L2CAP
event functions.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make code readable by removing magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flow_cach_flush() might sleep but can be called from
atomic context via the xfrm garbage collector. So add
a flow_cache_flush_deferred() function and use this if
the xfrm garbage colector is invoked from within the
packet path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
to record the state of SACK/FACK and DSACK for better readability and maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handling of SCO audio links and the L2CAP protocol are essential to
any system with Bluetooth thus are always compiled in from now on.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It makes more sense this way, since info_timer is a timer using delayed
work API.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This one also needs to run in process context
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
af_iucv differs unnecessarily between state IUCV_SEVERED and
IUCV_DISCONN. This patch removes state IUCV_SEVERED.
While simplifying af_iucv, this patch removes the 2nd invocation of
cpcmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
af_iucv contains timer infrastructure which is not exploited.
This patch removes the timer related code parts.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
module_param(bool) used to counter-intuitively take an int. In
fddd5201 (mid-2009) we allowed bool or int/unsigned int using a messy
trick.
It's time to remove the int/unsigned int option. For this version
it'll simply give a warning, but it'll break next kernel version.
(Thanks to Joe Perches for suggesting coccinelle for 0/1 -> true/false).
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ffd3208 voids the previous patches f6778aab and 810c0719 for
limiting the autoclose value. If userspace passes in -1 on 32-bit
platform, the overflow check didn't work and autoclose would be set
to 0xffffffff.
This patch defines a max_autoclose (in seconds) for limiting the value
and exposes it through sysctl, with the following intentions.
1) Avoid overflowing autoclose * HZ.
2) Keep the default autoclose bound consistent across 32- and 64-bit
platforms (INT_MAX / HZ in this patch).
3) Keep the autoclose value consistent between setsockopt() and
getsockopt() calls.
Suggested-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5c3ddec73d.
S390 qeth driver actually still uses the setup ops.
Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the necessary structs for the Confirm Name command. This
ensures that the protocol definitions are up to date with the latest
mgmt specification. The actual implementation of the command will follow
in a later patch-set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch fixes the opcodes of the Block/Unblock device commands to
match with what user-space expects and to confirm with the latest mgmt
specification. The reason the values were wrong was a missing Confirm
Name command definition (which will be added by a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found.
Support for setting the correct value for this field is not implemented
yet, but having it part of the struct definition ensures that user-space
gets correct sized device_found events and is thereby able to do at
least rudimentary parsing of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implement block size read function. Use different variables for
packet-based and block-based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages to match
the latest API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We do not want the service cache to be enabled indefinitely after
mgmt_read_info is called. To solve this a timer is added which will
automatically disable the cache if mgmt_set_dev_class isn't called
within 5 seconds of calling mgmt_read_info.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Instead of having an explicit service cache command we can make the mgmt
API simpler by implicitly enabling the cache when mgmt_read_info is
called for the first time and disabling it when mgmt_set_dev_class is
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Fast connectable is logically after the connectable property so that's
where it should show up in the code as well (it's also after connectable
in the settings bitfield).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the mgmt_read_info and related messages to the latest
management API which uses a bitfield of settings instead of individual
boolean values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we run in process context now we don't need worqueue to add e del from
sysfs.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move some checking code that was in l2cap_sock_connect() to
l2cap_chan_connect(). Thus we can invert the lock calls, i.e., call
lock_sock() before hci_dev_lock() to avoid a deadlock scenario.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Another step of remove interrupt context from Bluetooth Core.
Use the system workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This should simplify Bluetooth core processing a lot.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As part of the moving on all the Bluetooth processing to Process context.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.
Suggested by Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.
struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.
This also removes a lot of sparse errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.
This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.
If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.
To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.
This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.
Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.
Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller. This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.
genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.
Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.
This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flowi4 (saddr,daddr) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors:
CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19:
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1
make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some MITM protection pairing scenarios, the user is
required to enter or accept a 6 digit passkey.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove unused enum cfcnfg_phy_type and the parameter to cfserl_create.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enrolling CAIF link layers are refactored.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit a4a710c4a7 (pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to
6) it seems RED/GRED are broken.
red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time() computes a delay in us units, but this
delay is now 16 times bigger than real delay, so the final qavg result
smaller than expected.
Use standard kernel time services since there is no need to obfuscate
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of instantiating an entire new neigh_table instance
just for ATM handling, use the neigh device private facility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to alloc for device specific private areas for
neighbour entries, and in order to do that we have to move
away from the fixed allocation size enforced by using
neigh_table->kmem_cachep
As a nice side effect we can now use kfree_rcu().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm...
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Le lundi 28 novembre 2011 à 19:06 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
> Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2011 08:25:39 -0800
>
> >> +bool skb_flow_dissect(const struct sk_buff *skb, struct flow_keys
> >> *flow)
> >> +{
> >> + int poff, nhoff = skb_network_offset(skb);
> >> + u8 ip_proto;
> >> + u16 proto = skb->protocol;
> >
> > __be16 instead of u16 for proto?
>
> I'll take care of this when I apply these patches.
( CC trimmed )
Thanks David !
Here is a small patch to use one 64bit load/store on x86_64 instead of
two 32bit load/stores.
[PATCH net-next] flow_dissector: use a 64bit load/store
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flow_keys (src,dst) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 2005 (c1b4a7e695)
tcp_tso_should_defer has been using tcp_max_burst() as a target limit
for deciding how large to make outgoing TSO packets when not using
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor. But since 2008
(dd9e0dda66) tcp_max_burst() returns the
reordering degree. We should not have tcp_tso_should_defer attempt to
build larger segments just because there is more reordering. This
commit splits the notion of deferral size used in TSO from the notion
of burst size used in cwnd moderation, and returns the TSO deferral
limit to its original value.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use at least two flow dissectors in network stack, with known
limitations and code duplication.
Introduce skb_flow_dissect() to factorize this, highly inspired from
existing dissector from __skb_get_rxhash()
Note : We extensively use skb_header_pointer(), this permits us to not
touch skb at all.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now inetpeer is the place where we cache redirect information for ipv4
destinations, we must be able to invalidate informations when a route is
added/removed on host.
As inetpeer is not yet namespace aware, this patch adds a shared
redirect_genid, and a per inetpeer redirect_genid. This might be changed
later if inetpeer becomes ns aware.
Cache information for one inerpeer is valid as long as its
redirect_genid has the same value than global redirect_genid.
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move all mtu handling from dst_mtu() down to the protocol
layer. So each protocol can implement the mtu handling in
a different manner.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to invoke the dst_opt->default_mtu() method unconditioally
from dst_mtu(). So rename the method to dst_opt->mtu() to match
the name with the new meaning.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can not update iph->daddr in ip_options_rcv_srr(), It is too early.
When some exception ocurred later (eg. in ip_forward() when goto
sr_failed) we need the ip header be identical to the original one as
ICMP need it.
Add a field 'nexthop' in struct ip_options to save nexthop of LSRR
or SSRR option.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I broke the build with the addition of netprio_cgroups if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n.
This patch corrects it by moving the offending struct into an ifdef
CONFIG_CGROUPS block. Also clean up a few needless defines and inline functions
that don't get called if CONFIG_CGROUPS isn't defined while Im at it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C assignment can handle struct in6_addr copying.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr_match() is errh, under-optimized.
Compiler doesn't know that memcmp() branch doesn't trigger for IPv4.
Also, pass addresses by value -- they fit into register.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the infrastructure code to create the network priority
cgroup. The cgroup, in addition to the standard processes file creates two
control files:
1) prioidx - This is a read-only file that exports the index of this cgroup.
This is a value that is both arbitrary and unique to a cgroup in this subsystem,
and is used to index the per-device priority map
2) priomap - This is a writeable file. On read it reports a table of 2-tuples
<name:priority> where name is the name of a network interface and priority is
indicates the priority assigned to frames egresessing on the named interface and
originating from a pid in this cgroup
This cgroup allows for skb priority to be set prior to a root qdisc getting
selected. This is benenficial for DCB enabled systems, in that it allows for any
application to use dcb configured priorities so without application modification
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an oops that can be triggered following this recipe:
0) make sure nf_conntrack_netlink and nf_conntrack_ipv4 are loaded.
1) container is started.
2) connect to it via lxc-console.
3) generate some traffic with the container to create some conntrack
entries in its table.
4) stop the container: you hit one oops because the conntrack table
cleanup tries to report the destroy event to user-space but the
per-netns nfnetlink socket has already gone (as the nfnetlink
socket is per-netns but event callback registration is global).
To fix this situation, we make the ctnl_notifier per-netns so the
callback is registered/unregistered if the container is
created/destroyed.
Alex Bligh and Alexey Dobriyan originally proposed one small patch to
check if the nfnetlink socket is gone in nfnetlink_has_listeners,
but this is a very visited path for events, thus, it may reduce
performance and it looks a bit hackish to check for the nfnetlink
socket only to workaround this situation. As a result, I decided
to follow the bigger path choice, which seems to look nicer to me.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers
split unexporting netdev_fix_features()
implemented %pNF
convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt_start_discovery command contains the type of discovery that
should be started so this should be passed to the start_discovery
function. This patch doesn't yet add any action depending on the type of
the requested discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The management protocol uses a single byte for error codes (aka command
status). In some places this value is directly copied from HCI and in
other a POSIX error number is used. This makes it impossible for
user-space to uniquily decipher the meaning of an error.
To solve this issue a new mgmt-specific set of error codes is added
along with a conversion table for HCI status values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The kernel needs to know whether it should connect to a device over
BR/EDR or over LE. This is particularly important in the future when
dual-mode device may be connectable also over LE. It is also important
if/when we decide to move the LE advertisement cache from the kernel
into user-space. Adding the type to the mgmt command also ensures
conformance with the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patches creates mgmt_stop_discovery_failed() which removes
pending MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY commands and sends proper command
status events.
This patch also fixes the MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY command leak in
case cancel inquiry fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch renames the function mgmt_inquiry_failed() to
mgmt_start_discovery_failed(). This function is more related
to MGMT_OP_START_DISCOVERY command handling than to inquiry.
Besides, this functions will be reused by LE based discovery
procedures in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mercredi 09 novembre 2011 à 16:21 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 16:16:44 -0500 (EST)
>
> > From: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
> > Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 12:14:09 +0100
> >
> >> unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
> >> neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
> >> for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
> >> sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
> > ...
> >
> > Ok, I've applied this, let's see what happens :-)
>
> Early answer, build fails.
>
> Please test build this patch with DECNET enabled and resubmit. The
> decnet neigh layer still refers to the removed ->queue_len member.
>
> Thanks.
Ouch, this was fixed on one machine yesterday, but not the other one I
used this morning, sorry.
[PATCH V5 net-next] neigh: new unresolved queue limits
unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
$ arp -d 192.168.20.108 ; ping -c 2 -s 8000 192.168.20.108
PING 192.168.20.108 (192.168.20.108) 8000(8028) bytes of data.
8008 bytes from 192.168.20.108: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.322 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for frame fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading /proc/net/snmp6 on a machine with a lot of cpus is very
expensive (can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPV6MSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding
values for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory (32MBytes on
non x86 arches)
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro is only used in ipw2200 and we certainly
don't want to encourage its use, so move it out of
the radiotap header file and into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check if NCI data flow control is used in nci_tx_work.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused NCI operations, e.g. create static rf connection.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rename to l2cap_chan_check_security() to make it consistent with other
l2cap_exported functions. This function will be exported in a later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since disconnecting may fail the status needs to be communicated to user
space. This also updates the implementation to match the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since the command can fail we need to have a proper response with the
remote address and a failure status for it. This also updates it to
conform to the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's necessary to know the distinction between public and random LE
addresses so the mgmt interface also needs to distinguish between them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le lundi 07 novembre 2011 à 15:33 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> At least, in recent kernels we dont change dst->refcnt in forwarding
> patch (usinf NOREF skb->dst)
>
> One particular point is the atomic_inc(dst->refcnt) we have to perform
> when queuing an UDP packet if socket asked PKTINFO stuff (for example a
> typical DNS server has to setup this option)
>
> I have one patch somewhere that stores the information in skb->cb[] and
> avoid the atomic_{inc|dec}(dst->refcnt).
>
OK I found it, I did some extra tests and believe its ready.
[PATCH net-next] ipv4: IP_PKTINFO doesnt need dst reference
When a socket uses IP_PKTINFO notifications, we currently force a dst
reference for each received skb. Reader has to access dst to get needed
information (rt_iif & rt_spec_dst) and must release dst reference.
We also forced a dst reference if skb was put in socket backlog, even
without IP_PKTINFO handling. This happens under stress/load.
We can instead store the needed information in skb->cb[], so that only
softirq handler really access dst, improving cache hit ratios.
This removes two atomic operations per packet, and false sharing as
well.
On a benchmark using a mono threaded receiver (doing only recvmsg()
calls), I can reach 720.000 pps instead of 570.000 pps.
IP_PKTINFO is typically used by DNS servers, and any multihomed aware
UDP application.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading /proc/net/snmp on a machine with a lot of cpus is very expensive
(can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPMSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding values
for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory.
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1X EAPOL handshake hostapd does requires
knowing whether the frame was ack'ed by the peer.
Currently, we fudge this pretty badly by not even
transmitting the frame as a normal data frame but
injecting it with radiotap and getting the status
out of radiotap monitor as well. This is rather
complex, confuses users (mon.wlan0 presence) and
doesn't work with all hardware.
To get rid of that hack, introduce a real wifi TX
status option for data frame transmissions.
This works similar to the existing TX timestamping
in that it reflects the SKB back to the socket's
error queue with a SCM_WIFI_STATUS cmsg that has
an int indicating ACK status (0/1).
Since it is possible that at some point we will
want to have TX timestamping and wifi status in a
single errqueue SKB (there's little point in not
doing that), redefine SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING
to SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS which can collect more
than just the timestamp; keep the old constant
as an alias of course. Currently the internal APIs
don't make that possible, but it wouldn't be hard
to split them up in a way that makes it possible.
Thanks to Neil Horman for helping me figure out
the functions that add the control messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function returns a referenced BSS struct
(or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems
that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong
and leak all BSS structs as a result.
Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the pending management command list (previously global
to mgmt.c) into struct hci_dev. This makes it possible to do proper
locking when accessing it (through the existing hci_dev locks) and
thereby avoid race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current global pending command list in mgmt.c is racy. Possibly the
simplest way to fix it is to have per-hci dev lists instead of a global
one (all commands that need a pending struct are hci_dev specific).
This way the list can be protected using the already existing per-hci
dev lock. To enable this refactoring the first thing that needs to be
done is to ensure that the mgmt functions have access to the hci_dev
struct (instead of just the dev id).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make clear that sk_clone() and inet_csk_clone() return a locked socket.
Add _lock() prefix and kerneldoc.
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fast retransmission after changing the last address
with ASCONF negotiation
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new struct members were not documented, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds address type info (typically BR/EDR vs LE) to management
messages that need this. This also ensures conformance to the latest
management API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BR/EDR link keys have their own commands and events (separate from SMP)
and the remove_keys command (previously remove_key) removes keys of any
kind for the specified remote address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The power off code doesn't need to use its own custom timer since the
delayed_work API provides the exact same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A proper mgmt_command_status should be returned to user-space if either
discoverable or connectable enabling fails.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Based on the revised mgmt API set_discoverable has a timeout parameter
to specify how long the adapter will remain discoverable. A value of 0
means "indefinitively".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to cancel an ongoing inquiry.
According to the Bluetooth spec, the inquiry cancel command should
only be issued after the inquiry command has been issued, a command
status event has been received for the inquiry command, and before
the inquiry complete event occurs.
As HCI_INQUIRY flag is only set just after an inquiry command status
event occurs and it is cleared just after an inquiry complete event
occurs, the inquiry cancel command should be issued only if HCI_INQUIRY
flag is set.
Additionally, cancel inquiry related code from stop_discovery() were
replaced by a hci_cancel_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to carry out inquiry.
All inquiry code from start_discovery() were replaced by a
hci_do_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Symbolic fixed channel IDs will be used instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
AMP channel creation and channel moves are coordinated using the L2CAP
signaling channel. These definitions cover the "create channel",
"move channel", and "move channel confirm" signals.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Each channel has a policy to require BR/EDR (the default),
prefer BR/EDR, or prefer AMP.
Check for valid policy value and L2CAP mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This variable is currently only accessible within l2cap_core.c, but
it is also needed in l2cap_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Allow control of AMP functionality on L2CAP sockets. By default,
connections will be restricted to BR/EDR. Manipulating the
BT_CHANNEL_POLICY option allows for channels to be moved to or created
on AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implement priority based scheduler using skbuffer priority set via
SO_PRIORITY socket option.
It introduces hci_chan_hash (list of HCI Channel/hci_chan) per connection,
each item in this list refer to a L2CAP connection and it is used to
queue the data for transmission.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary code to send proper command status or
command complete events to the start/stop discovery management commands.
Before this patch these events were completely missing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This uses SO_PRIORITY to set the skbuffer priority field
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
hci_unregister_dev cannot fail and always returns 0. The drivers already ignore
the return value so we can safely make it return void.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Timers set by __set_chan_timer() should use miliseconds instead of
jiffies. Commit 942ecc9c46 updated
l2cap_set_timer() so it expects timeout to be specified in msecs
instead of jiffies. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ
is not set to 1000.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
* 'modsplit-Oct31_2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux: (230 commits)
Revert "tracing: Include module.h in define_trace.h"
irq: don't put module.h into irq.h for tracking irqgen modules.
bluetooth: macroize two small inlines to avoid module.h
ip_vs.h: fix implicit use of module_get/module_put from module.h
nf_conntrack.h: fix up fallout from implicit moduleparam.h presence
include: replace linux/module.h with "struct module" wherever possible
include: convert various register fcns to macros to avoid include chaining
crypto.h: remove unused crypto_tfm_alg_modname() inline
uwb.h: fix implicit use of asm/page.h for PAGE_SIZE
pm_runtime.h: explicitly requires notifier.h
linux/dmaengine.h: fix implicit use of bitmap.h and asm/page.h
miscdevice.h: fix up implicit use of lists and types
stop_machine.h: fix implicit use of smp.h for smp_processor_id
of: fix implicit use of errno.h in include/linux/of.h
of_platform.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
acpi: remove module.h include from platform/aclinux.h
miscdevice.h: delete unnecessary inclusion of module.h
device_cgroup.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
net: sch_generic remove redundant use of <linux/module.h>
net: inet_timewait_sock doesnt need <linux/module.h>
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (other header files, and removal of the ab3550 mfd driver) in
- drivers/media/dvb/frontends/dibx000_common.c
- drivers/media/video/{mt9m111.c,ov6650.c}
- drivers/mfd/ab3550-core.c
- include/linux/dmaengine.h
The documentation for how the length of attributes
is checked is wrong ("Exact length" isn't true, the
policy checks are for "minimum length") and a bit
misleading. Make it more complete and explain what
really happens.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we
find the reason why it does don't spew it all the
time, just once is enough to know we've hit it.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
the tcp and udp code creates a set of struct file_operations at runtime
while it can also be done at compile time, with the added benefit of then
having these file operations be const.
the trickiest part was to get the "THIS_MODULE" reference right; the naive
method of declaring a struct in the place of registration would not work
for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to address the following error during the compilation:
In file included from kernel/sysctl_binary.c:6:
include/net/ip_vs.h:1406: error: expected identifier or ‘(’ before ‘{’ token
make[1]: *** [kernel/sysctl_binary.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
That manifests itself when CONFIG_IP_VS_NFCT is undefined in .config file.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <krzysztof.wilczynski@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch exports several definitions that used to live under
include/net/netfilter/nf_nat.h. These definitions, although not
exported, have been used by iptables and other userspace
applications like miniupnpd since long time. Basically, these
userspace tools included some internal definition of the required
structures and they assume no changes in the binary representation
(which is OK indeed).
To resolve this situation, this patch makes public the required
structure and install them in INSTALL_HDR_PATH.
See: https://bugs.gentoo.org/376873, for more information.
This patch is heavily based on the initial patch sent by:
Anthony G. Basile <blueness@gentoo.org>
Which was entitled:
netfilter: export sanitized nf_nat.h to INSTALL_HDR_PATH
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These two small inlines make calls to try_module_get() and
module_put() which would force us to keep module.h present
within yet another common include header. We can avoid this
by turning them into macros. The hci_dev_hold construct
is patterned off of raw_spin_trylock_irqsave() in spinlock.h
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file was using the module get/put functions in two simple inline
functions. But module_get/put were only within scope because of
the implicit presence of module.h being everywhere.
Rather than add module.h to another file in include/ -- which is
exactly the thing we are trying to avoid, simply convert these
one-line functions into a define, as per what was done for the
device_schedule_callback() in commit 523ded71de.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The implicit presence of module.h everywhere meant that this header
also was getting moduleparam.h which defines struct kernel_param.
Since it only needs to know that kernel_param is a struct, call that
out instead of adding an include of moduleparam.h -- to get rid of this:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: 'struct kernel_param' declared inside parameter list
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The <linux/module.h> pretty much brings in the kitchen sink along
with it, so it should be avoided wherever reasonably possible in
terms of being included from other commonly used <linux/something.h>
files, as it results in a measureable increase on compile times.
The worst culprit was probably device.h since it is used everywhere.
This file also had an implicit dependency/usage of mutex.h which was
masked by module.h, and is also fixed here at the same time.
There are over a dozen other headers that simply declare the
struct instead of pulling in the whole file, so follow their lead
and simply make it a few more.
Most of the implicit dependencies on module.h being present by
these headers pulling it in have been now weeded out, so we can
finally make this change with hopefully minimal breakage.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file has modular references, but they are limited to
those which are covered by the simple "struct module;"
declaration used in dozens of other places. In fact that
declaration is already there (just outside of the context
of this commit) so simply remove the include line.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
There is nothing module specific in this header, and removing
it doesn't seem to uncover any implicit dependencies either.
Must be simply a vestige of an ancient legacy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
commit 66b13d99d9 (ipv4: tcp: fix TOS value in ACK messages sent from
TIME_WAIT) fixed IPv4 only.
This part is for the IPv6 side, adding a tclass param to ip6_xmit()
We alias tw_tclass and tw_tos, if socket family is INET6.
[ if sockets is ipv4-mapped, only IP_TOS socket option is used to fill
TOS field, TCLASS is not taken into account ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://github.com/ericvh/linux:
9p: fix 9p.txt to advertise msize instead of maxdata
net/9p: Convert net/9p protocol dumps to tracepoints
fs/9p: change an int to unsigned int
fs/9p: Cleanup option parsing in 9p
9p: move dereference after NULL check
fs/9p: inode file operation is properly initialized init_special_inode
fs/9p: Update zero-copy implementation in 9p
It was enabled by default and the messages guarded
by the define are useful.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this msize=4294967295 will result in a crash
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* remove lot of update to different data structure
* add a seperate callback for zero copy request.
* above makes non zero copy code path simpler
* remove conditionalizing TREAD/TREADDIR/TWRITE in the zero copy path
* Fix the dotu p9_check_errors with zero copy. Add sufficient doc around
* Add support for both in and output buffers in zero copy callback
* pin and unpin pages in the same context
* use helpers instead of defining page offset and rest of page ourself
* Fix mem leak in p9_check_errors
* Remove 'E' and 'F' in p9pdu_vwritef
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There is a long standing bug in linux tcp stack, about ACK messages sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets.
In the IP header of the ACK message, we choose to reflect TOS field of
incoming message, and this might break some setups.
Example of things that were broken :
- Routing using TOS as a selector
- Firewalls
- Trafic classification / shaping
We now remember in timewait structure the inet tos field and use it in
ACK generation, and route lookup.
Notes :
- We still reflect incoming TOS in RST messages.
- We could extend MuraliRaja Muniraju patch to report TOS value in
netlink messages for TIME_WAIT sockets.
- A patch is needed for IPv6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tcp_md5_hash_header() has a const tcphdr argument, we can add more
const attributes to callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_header() writes into skb header a temporary zero value,
this might confuse other users of this area.
Since tcphdr is small (20 bytes), copy it in a temporary variable and
make the change in the copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_ECN_encapsulate() is better understood if we can read the official
statement.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding const qualifiers to pointers can ease code review, and spot some
bugs. It might allow compiler to optimize code further.
For example, is it legal to temporary write a null cksum into tcphdr
in tcp_md5_hash_header() ? I am afraid a sniffer could catch the
temporary null value...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added recovery check of CA wake status in case of wake up timeout.
Added check of CA wake status in case of wake down timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added sanity check for length of CAIF frames, and tear down of
CAIF link-layer device upon protocol error.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF HSI uses a timer for inactivity. Upon timeout HSI-wake signaling
is initiated to allow power-down of the HSI block.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some platforms do not allow to put HSI block into low-power
mode when FIFO is not empty. The patch flushes (by reading)
FIFO at wake down sequence. Asynchronous read and write is
implemented for that. As a side effect this will also greatly
improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmented multicast frames are delivered to a single macvlan port,
because ip defrag logic considers other samples are redundant.
Implement a defrag step before trying to send the multicast frame.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
